TABLE OF CONTENTS Pdf

Home

1. When Monitored Set Condition P0605 INTERNAL When Monitored Set Condition The TCM is reporting internal errors and must be replaced POSSIBLE CAUSES TCM INTERNAL ERROR APPLICABILITY Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as All necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 41 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P0613 INTERNAL SSS When Monitored and Set Condition P0613 INTERNAL TCM When Monitored Set Condition The TCM is reporting internal errors and must be replaced POSSIBLE CAUSES TCM INTERNAL ERROR APPLICABILITY NOTE Make sure this DTC is set in the TCM before making repair All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service nfor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 42 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom
2. 412 SHIFTER ASSEMBLY deed 413 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 8 413 TRANSFER CASE POSITION 413 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE 2 2 2 22 414 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR 42 1 415 TRANSMISSION SOLENOID PRESSURE SWITCH ASSEMBLY 42RLE 415 TRANSMISSION SOLENOID TRS ASSEMBLY A T EXCEPT 42RLE 415 SCHEMATIC 417 CHARTS AND GRAPHS 421 11 1 PRESSURE SWITCH STATES 421 2 SHIFT LEVER ERROR 422 11 3 SOLENOID APPLICATION 423 11 4 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR SWITCH 424 11 5 TRANSMISSION TEMP 5 425 NOTES 1 0 INTRODUCTION The procedures contained this manual include all of the specifications instructions and graphics needed to diagnose 42RLE Electronic EATX problems 45RFE 545RFE Electronic Automatic Transmis sion EATX problems The diagnostics in this manual are based on the failure condition or symptom being present at the time of diagnosis When repairs are requir
3. 7 3 4 USING THE DARING isi sensatie 4405 6 g a 8 3 5 DRBII ERROR MESSAGES 8 3 5 1 DOES POWER UP BLANK SCREEN 8 352 DISPLAY IS VISIBLE i 42565 seeder 8 353 SOME DISPLAY ITEMS READ 244440040 8 3 6 TRANSMISSION SIMULATOR MILLER TOOL 8333 AND ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION ADAPTER KIT MILLER TOOL 8333 1 8 DISCLAIMERS SAFETY AND WARNINGS 9 41 DISCLAIMERS Peeve ee uh eee Ree 9 4 2 lt 25205455 tutte ers 9 421 TECHNICIAN SAFETY 9 4 2 2 VEHICLE PREPARATION FOR 5 9 423 SERVICING SUB ASSEMBUES 2 595 9 424 DRBIII SAFETY INFORMATION 9 4 3 WARNINGS y 49 0 6404 SNE 10 431 VEHICLE DAMAGE 5 10 4 3 2 ROAD TESTING COMPLAINT VEHICLE 10 4 3 3 ELECTRONIC PINION FACTOR WARNINGS IF APPLICABLE 11 4 4 BULLETINS AND RECA Ss chien kee 11 REQU
4. 40 POGOS INTERNAG TOM nni 41 P0613 INTERNAL TOM Sead 42 FU706 GHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL 43 P0711 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE 49 P0712 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW 52 P0713 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR 55 P0714 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR INTERMITTENT 58 PO715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR ere Gees eae ded 60 720 SPEED SENSOR ERROR 5048 yee we 64 725 SPEED SENSOR 68 RATIO ERROR IN ST epee one ene 71 PU732 GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 2 73 P0733 GEAR RATIO ERROR IN SRD cs ch wee eaten 76 0734 RATIO ERROR IN 47H cree bene eter dee bie 79 P0736 GEAR RATIO ERROR IN REVERSE 82 P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL 84 P0750 LR SOLENOID aaa 86 P0755 2 4 SOLENOID 90 P0760 OD SOLENOID CIR
5. 243 P0755 2C SOLENOID CIRCUIT aea aa 247 P0760 OD SOLENOID 2 251 P0765 UD SOLENOID 255 P0770 4G SOLENOID 259 0841 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT 2 52 lt 5555555 5565555 263 P0845 2C HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST 267 P0846 2C PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT 273 Pusoe WINE PRESSURE LOW oe oe 277 P0869 LINE PRESSURE Qe 282 8 0 9 0 TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued P0870 OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST 287 871 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE gt 55 5 gt 555 gt 55555 293 P0875 UD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST 297 P0876 UD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT 303 P0884 POWER UP AT SPEED t 307 P0888 RELAY OUTPUT ALWAYS 308 PO890 SWITCHED BATTERY 312 P0891 TRANSMISSION RELAY ALWAYS ON 314 P0932 LINE PRESSURE 45 58 555568 55
6. R Ye 2 CONNECTOR PINOUTS FUSES DIESEL FUSE AMPS FUSED CIRCUIT FUNCTION NO 1 40A A122 120R FUSED B 2 30 99 14RD VT FUSED B 2 30A A32 14RD DB A T FUSED B 50 A13 10PK WT FUSED 4 40 10 12RD DG FUSED 5 30 A32 14RD DB FUSED B 6 30 AQ 14RD YL FUSED B 6 AQ 14RD YL FUSED B 7 50 7 10RD BK FUSED B 40 2 12 FUSED 9 50 A18 10 FUSED B 10 50 54 10RD FUSED 11 50 A58 10RD GY FUSED 12 20 A34 16LB RD FUSED 13 40A A25 12DB FUSED B 14 40A A1 12RD FUSED B 15 50A 12 10RD TN FUSED B 16 15A A71 18DG RD FUSED AUTO SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT 17 18 19 30A A4 12BK PK FUSED B 20 21 20 A17 18RD BK FUSED B 21 A17 18RD BK FUSED B 22 23 24 25 20 A20 12RD DB FUSED B 26 10A F92 18YL BR FUSED B 27 28 15 F45 18YL BR FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT START 28 F45 18YL BR FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT START 406 SHUT DOWN RELA Y OXYGEN SENSOR DOWNSTREAM RELAY COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY CONNECTOR PINOUTS POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER BLOWER MOTOR nb RELAY
7. 317 P0934 LINE PRESSURE SENSOR LOW cc 555555585 320 P0935 LINE PRESSURE SENSOR 25555368 323 P0944 LOSS OF PRIME 326 P0987 4C HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE 329 P0988 4C PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT 335 P1684 BATTERY WAS DISCONNEGIED oe ieee axe 339 P1694 BUS COMMUNICATION WITH ENGINE MODULE 341 P1715 RESTRICTED PORT IN T3 RANGE 343 P1736 GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 2ND 345 P1775 SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION 347 P1776 SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION 351 P1790 FAULT IMMEDIATELY AFTER SHIFT sdcovetdspeeons et ewane 355 P1793 TRD LINK COMMUNICATION 356 P1794 SPEED SENSOR GROUND ERROR 359 P2700 INADEQUATE ELEMENT VOLUME 362 P2701 INADEQUATE ELEMENT VOLUME 2 364 P2702 INADEQUATE ELEMENT VOLUME 366 P2703 INADEQUATE ELEMENT VOLUME 368 P2704 INADEQUATE ELEMENT VOLUME 4 370 P2706 MS SOLENOID GCIRGUUL 2 baw
8. 12 32 22 Hao POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C3 GAS R 4 2 RIGHT TAIL STOP LAMP POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C3 GAS CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 C13 1806 A C CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL 2 3 51 18DB YL AUTO SHUT DOWN RELAY CONTROL 4 V36 18TN RD SPEED CONTROL VACUUM SOLENOID CONTROL 5 V35 18LG RD SPEED CONTROL VENT SOLENOID CONTROL 6 K90 18TN M T CLUTCH SWITCH OVERRIDE RELAY CONTROL 7 K42 18DB LB 3 7L KNOCK SENSOR NO 1 SIGNAL 7 K42 18DB LB 2 4L NOT USED 8 99 18BR OR OXYGEN SENSOR 1 1 HEATER CONTROL 9 K512 18RD YL OXYGEN SENSOR DOWNSTREAM RELAY CONTROL 10 106 18WT DG LEAK DETECTION PUMP SOLENOID CONTROL 11 V32 18YL RD SPEED CONTROL SUPPLY 12 F142 180R DG FUSED AUTO SHUT DOWN RELAY SENSE INPUT 13 T10 18YL DG TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE 14 K107 180R LEAK DETECTION PUMP SWITCH SENSE 15 K118 18PK YL BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL 16 K299 18BR WT 2 41 OXYGEN SENSOR 1 2 HEATER CONTROL 16 K299 18BR WT 3 7L OXYGEN SENSOR 2 1 HEATER CONTROL 17 B22 18DG YL VEHICLE SPEED OUTPUT 18 K142 18GY BK 3 7L KNOCK SENSOR NO 2 SIGNAL 18 K142 18GY BK 2 4L NOT USED 19 K31 18BR FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL 20 52 18PK BK
9. CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 2 Ft 1808 FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN START 3 4 18BK LB SENSOR GROUND 5 6 7 9 18BK GY IGNITION COIL NO 1 DRIVER 18GY BK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL BLACK gt _ _ 10 18YL BK IDLE AIR CONTROL NO 2 DRIVER 11 18BR WT IDLE AIR CONTROL NO 1 DRIVER DA 12 18DB OR POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE 13 141 18YL RD CLUTCH INTERLOCK RELAY OUTPUT 2 12 14 77 18BR WT TRANSFER CASE POSITION SENSOR INPUT eae 2 15 18BK RD INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL ail J z 16 18TN BK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL 17 1808 5 VOLT SUPPLY 18 Kad 18TN YL CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL POWERTRAIN 19 18GY RD IDLE AIR CONTROL NO 3 DRIVER pone 20 K59 18VT BK IDLE AIR CONTROL NO 4 DRIVER MODULE Cl 2 4L 22 14 16RD WT FUSED B N 23 K22 18OR DB THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL N 24 41 18BK DG OXYGEN SENSOR 1 1 SIGNAL E 25 K141 18TN WT OXYGEN SENSOR 1 2 SIGNAL 26 27 18DG RD MANIFOLD ABOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL 28 R 29 30 31 2107 14BK DB GROUND 32 2107 14BK DB GROUND Oo U T 5 409 CONNECTOR PINOUTS BLACK a 2900500000 12 21 2 4 32 18 J 22 ee POWERTRAIN CONTROL
10. APPLICABILITY The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time All Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts or open circuits Check for any applicable TSB s that may apply With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 375 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom BACKUP LAMPS COME ON WHILE SHIFTER IS IN REVERSE POSITION POSSIBLE CAUSES BACKUP SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR ACTION APPLICABILITY Ignition on engine not running Firmly apply brakes Place the Shift Lever in the position which causes the Backup Lamps to come on at the wrong time Do the Backup Lamps come while the shifter is not in Reverse Yes GoTo 2 No Test Complete If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly per the Service Information Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the Backup Light Supply circuit in the Solenoid TRS harness connector 15
11. se ose tue oases Subst ba as 192 PUGUS INTERNAL ates cere thane case oes canoes ees 193 POST3 AINTERNAL ee ae ke ke a cr Bee mae rer Me aed em 194 P0706 CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL 22 25 195 P0711 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE 202 P0712 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR 205 P0713 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH 208 P0714 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR 211 P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR eiceiercicscdovenedereiwae detox ee 213 225 217 P0725 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT ade abet 221 P0725 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT DIESEL 224 P0731 GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 1ST oaae naaa 227 P0732 GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 2 229 P0733 GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 232 P0734 GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 4 235 P0735 GEAR RATIO ERROR 4TH 237 P0736 GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 239 P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL 241 P0750 LR SOLENOID
12. STARTER MOTOR RELAY FUEL PUMP gt gt RELAY GAS oes ae SPARE 1 430 87 539 H CLUTCH SWITCH 85 980 nas 87A 4 lt 4 549 M T 487 3 RANSMISSION 186 85 88 87A 85 CONTROL RELA 2530 c 35 WIPER 4 449 RELAY 437 o gt 87 437 WIPER 86 87 85 5 4 ON OFF RELAY E HM ja a e eg H 9 2 la g R F7 F15 50 50 9 F3 F6 F10 F14 T 50 308 304 40A 1 F2 F5 F9 F13 S 40A 30A 50 40A F1 F4 F12 40A 40A 40A 30 407 CONNECTOR PINOUTS FUSES GAS FUSE AMPS FUSED CIRCUIT FUNCTION NO 1 40 A122 120R FUSED B 2 40 24 120 FUSE
13. 5 FUSES JB FUSE AMPS FUSED CIRCUIT FUNCTION NO 1 20a F38 16RD WT FUSED B 2 NTERNAL FUSED B 3 15A NTERNAL FUSED 4 144 18VT RD FUSED RIGHT LOW BEAM OUTPUT 5 10a 143 18VT FUSED LEFT LOW BEAM OUTPUT 6 20 NTERNAL FUSED B 7 SPARE 8 SPARE 9 10A NTERNAL FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT 10 SPARE 11 15 18PK OR FUSED B 12 2 18PK DB FUSED B 13 INTERNAL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN START 14 SPARE 15 INTERNAL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN START 16 20A F41 16 FUSED B 17 15 F70 18PK BK FUSED B 18 20A F60 16DG RD FUSED B 19 INTERNAL FUSED B 20 20 F85 16VT WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN ACC 21 SPARE 22 10A F88 20BR RD FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN ACC 23 10 NTERNAL FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT 24 10A F20 18WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN 25 10 NTERNAL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN 26 10A 134 18RD OR FUSED RIGHT HIGH BEAM OUTPUT 27 10 133 18LG BR FUSED LEFT HIGH BEAM OUTPUT 28 SPARE 29 30A 16RDIWT HIGHLINE FUSED B 30 10 NTERNAL FUSED REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT 31 20 F30 16RD FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN ACC 32 10 NTERNAL FUSED IGNITIO
14. 5 check and record all CVI s Most set on start up but some must set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 68 TRANSMISSION 42RLE 725 SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE This code is not a Transmission Input Speed Sensor DTC With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter set at 0 Yes GoTo 3 GoTo 8 Turn ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Powertrain Control Module PCM harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the EATX RPM signal circuit between the TCM connector and the PCM connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the open EATX RPM Signal circuit Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 4 Turn ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the Powertrain Control Module PCM harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resist
15. 706 SHIFTER SIGNAL When Monitored and Set Condition 706 SHIFTER SIGNAL When Monitored Continuously with the ignition key on Set Condition 3 occurrences in one key start of an invalid PRNDL code which lasts for more than 0 1 second POSSIBLE CAUSES CONDITION P0706 PRESENT TRS T1 SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN TRS T3 SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN TRS T41 SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN TRS T42 SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN TRS T1 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND TRS T3 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND TRS T41 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND TRS T42 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND TRS T1 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE TRS T3 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE TRS T41 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE TRS T42 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS 43 TRANSMISSION 42RLE 706 SHIFTER SIGNAL Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fu
16. GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Using a 12 volt test light connected to 12 volts check the ground circuits in the TCM harness connector NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly for all the ground circuits Yes GoTo 5 No Repair the Ground circuit s for an open or high resistance Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the PDC Ignition on engine not running Usinga 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Fused B circuit in the TCM harness connector NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 6 Repair the Fused B circuit for an open or high resistance If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 38 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0562 LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE Co
17. 1 TRANSFER CASE MECHANICAL Symptom P0836 4WD MUX SWITCH STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition P0836 4WD MUX SWITCH STUCK When Monitored When Transfer Case in 4WD Low Set Condition Four wheel drive 4WD muxed switch input detected below minimum or above maximum acceptable voltage POSSIBLE CAUSES TRANSFER CASE POSITION SENSOR INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN TRANSFER CASE POSITION SENSOR INPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND TRANSFER CASE POSITION SENSOR INPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE TRANSFER CASE POSITION SENSOR INPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO SENSOR RETURN CIRCUIT TRANSFER CASE POSITION SENSOR POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT OPERATION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII record and erase All Start the engine and cycle the Transfer Case through all positions With the DRBIII read Transfer Case DTCs 15 the Good Trip Counter equal to zero Yes GoTo 2 GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Powertrain Control Module harness connector CAUTION IF EQUIPPED WITH NGC CONTROLLER DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNEC TORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMINALS RESULTING IN POOR TER MINAL TO PIN CONNECTION INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL 8815 PERFORM DIAGNOSIS Disconnect the Transfer Case Position Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the Transfer Case Position Sensor Input ci
18. 15 16 F33 20PK RD FUSED 398 EE oo oq od oo oq oq 625 44 63 CONTROL MODULE DIESEL BLACK CONNECTOR PINOUTS ENGINE CONTROL MODULE C1 DIESEL CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 Z108 14BK DG GROUND 2 Z108 14BK DG GROUND 3 K20 18DG GENERATOR FIELD CONTROL 4 A142 14DG OR AUTO SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT 5 A142 14DG OR AUTO SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT 6 if D25 20VT YL PCI BUS 8 944 20BK LB CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR GROUND 9 K44 20TN YL CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL 10 11 K37 20DB YL BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL 12 13 K78 20GY FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL 14 15 81 20VT TN ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL 16 K80 20BK VT FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND 17 18 19 F92 20YL BR FUSED B 20 Z109 20BK DB GROUND 21 4 20BK LB SENSOR GROUND 22 Fi 20DB FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN START 23 K6 20VT WT SENSOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE 24 K3 20LB BK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL 1 25 26 27 28 29 77 20BR WT TRANSFER CASE POSITION SENSOR INPUT 30 G60 20GY YL ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL 31 6123 20DG WT WATER IN FUEL SENSOR SIGNAL 32 K11
19. GoTo 4 GoTo 6 Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII in Transmission Sensors record the TPS voltage While back probing the TCM harness connector measure the voltage of the TPS Signal circuit Compare the voltage readings between the and the reading from the digital multi meter Are the voltages within 0 1 volt of each other Yes Repair theTPS signal circuit between the TCM harness connector and the splice for high resistance Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 5 mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits Pay particular attention tothe point wheretheTPS signal and sensor ground circuits splice off from the engine circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as All necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Cont
20. GoTo 5 No Repair the Crank Position Sensor Signal circuit for an open special attention to the location of Crank Position Sensor Signal circuit spice to the Transmission Control Module 222 TRANSMISSION RFE 725 SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT Continued APPLICABILITY Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as All necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits Pay particular attention to the point where the CKP Signal circuit and the Sensor Ground circuit splice off from the engine circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 223 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom 725 NGINE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT DIESEL When Monitored and Set Condition 725 NGINE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT DIESE
21. Repair the TRS 1 Sense circuit for a short to voltage Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 19 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TRS harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the TRS T3 Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector to the TRS harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the TRS T3 Sense circuit for an open Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 11 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TRS harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the TRS T3 Sense circuit in the TCM harness connector 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the TRS T3 Sense circuit for a short to ground Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 12 46 TRANSMISSION 42RLE 706 SHIFTER SIGNAL Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TRS harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission
22. Theshift lever must stay OD after the Shift to Overdrive prompt until the DRBIII indi cates the procedure is complete NOTE The above conditions must be maintained during the procedure to keep the procedure from being aborted Note After the Quick Learn Procedure is complete the vehicle should be drive learned per the Drive Learn Procedure 3 3 7 CLUTCH VOLUMES 45 545RFE The LR clutch volume is updated when doing a manual downshift into 1st gear with vehicle speed above 40 km h 25 MPH and throttle angle below 5 The transmission temperature must be above 43 110 The clutch volume should be between 45 134 Note you must manually move the shift lever into the low position The 2C clutch volume is updated when doing a 3 2 shift with throttle angle between 10 and 54 The transmission temperature must be above 43 C 110 F The clutch volume should be between 25 and 85 The 2CA clutch volume is updated when doing a 4th 4 prime shift with throttle angle between 10 and 54 The transmission temperature must be above 43 110 F The dutch volume should be between 25 and 85 The OD clutch volume is updated when doing a 2 3 shift with throttle angle between 10 and 54 The transmission temperature must be above 43 C 110 F The clutch volume should be between 30 and 100 The 4C clutch volume is updated when doing a 3 4 shift with throttle angle between 10 and 54 The trans
23. Upon installation of a new service TCM After replacement or rebuild of internal trans mission components or the torque converter If one or more of the clutch volumes indexes 5 contain skewed readings because of abnormal conditions The Quick Learn procedure is performed with the DRBIII by selecting Transmission system then Miscellaneous functions then Quick Learn Fol low the procedure instructions displayed on the DRBIII To perform the Quick Learn procedure the fol lowing conditions must be met Note The oil temperature must be between 16 C 60 F 93 C 200 F Above 32 C 90 F for best results Cycle the transmission through all gears 2 3 times immediately before performing Quick Learn is imperative that the vehicle oil level set to the correct level Shift the transmission into OD with the engine running this step will purge the air in the clutch circuits to prevent erroneous clutch volume values which could cause poor initial shift quality Shift the transmission to neutral The brakes must be applied The engine must be idling The throttle angle TP sensor must be less than 3 degrees The shift lever position must stay in neutral after shifting to neutral the engine idle speed will ramp up to 1600rpm and the DRBII1 will prompt the operator to shift toOD Donot shift to OD until the engine idle speed stabilizes at 1600rpm GENERAL INFORMATION
24. fy 2 A 80cb13c0 DIESEL TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE 8040855 395 5 8 3 TRANSMISSION COMPONENT LOCATIONS 42RLE 45 545RFE TRANSMISSION SOLENOID TRS ASSEMBLY INPUT SPEED SENSOR on in LO SENSOR L 5 80bb0c52 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR 80156341 8 4 TRANSMISSION LINE PRESSURE SENSOR 45 545 LINE PRESSURE SENSOR 80bb0c51 8 5 TRANSMISSION SOLENOID PRESSURE SWITCH ASSEMBLY 42RLE TRANSMISSION SOLENOID PRESSURE SWITCH ASSEMBLY 80f56398 396 9 0 CONNECTOR PINOUTS CONNECTOR PINOUTS ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR DIESEL CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 5 2 739 18GY LB A T 5 VOLT SUPPLY 10 3 K22 18OR DB A T ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL 4 k41eBKLB gt 5 K151 20WT LOW IDLE POSITION SWITCH SENSE ACCELERATOR 6 113 18DB BK A T SPEED SENSOR G
25. prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio 5 check and record all CVI s Most set start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 176 TRANSMISSION RFE 122 LOW DIESEL Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII in Transmission Sensors read the TPS APPS voltage Is the TPS APPS voltage below 0 1 volts Yes GoTo 3 No GoTo 12 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the APP Sensor harness connector Measure the voltage of the 5 volt Supply circuit Is the voltage below 4 5 volts Yes GoTo 4 No GoTo 7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the APP Sensor harness connector Me
26. 7 FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT START TO BODY CONTROL MODULE TO DLC ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ECM PCI BUS ENGINE SPEED CONTROL TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE P N POSITION SWITCH SENSE T41 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR LINE PRESSURE SENSOR 419 OUTPUT SPEED INPUT SPEED FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT SENSOR SENSOR RUN 7 801415 5 H E M R 5 NOTES 420 CHARTS AND GRAPHS 11 0 CHARTS AND GRAPHS 11 1 PRESSURE SWITCH STATES A 42RLE 2 5 PRESSURE SWITCH STATES Hs R n osr 2ND omo ATH R open erosen open 5 open 800494355 45 545 45RFE 545RFE NORMAL PRESSURE SWITCH STATES Toon ue w oren open oren aose oven oven oren erosen open arame orooro open open oven oroen cose oven oren oven NOTE L R PRESSURE SWITCH OPENS ABOVE 150 OUTPUT RPM IN 1ST GEAR AND CLOSES BELOW 100 OUTPUT RPM 80e94351 421 H R T 5 R H 5
27. CAUTION IF EQUIPPED WITH NGC CONTROLLER DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNEC TORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMINALS RESULTING IN POOR TER MINAL TO PIN CONNECTION INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL 8815TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS Disconnect the Transfer Case Position Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Turn the ignition on Measure the voltage of the Transfer Case Position Sensor Input circuit 15 there any voltage present Yes Repair the Transfer Case Position Sensor input circuit for a short to voltage GoTo 4 If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Information Perform the appropriate Powertrain verifi cation test The conditions to set this DTC are not present at this time Note Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions that set the DTC Pay particular attention to the DTC set conditions such as VSS MAP ECT and Load Note Visually inspect the related wiring harness Look for any chafed pierced pinched or partially broken wires Note Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors Look for broken bent pushed out or corroded terminals NOTE Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconne
28. CHARTS AND GRAPHS 11 2 SHIFT LEVER ERROR CODES 42RLE 45 545 SHIFT LEVER ERROR CODES REPORTED BY THE DRBIII ERROR CODE SWITCH STUCK POSITION T1 C4 STUCK OPEN T1 C4 STUCK T3 C3 STUCK OPEN T3 C3 STUCK T42 C2 STUCK OPEN 24 2 STUCK 41 1 STUCK OPEN T41 C1 STUCK CLOSED 80ccf2de SHIFT LEVER ERROR CODES REPORTED BY THE DRBIII ERROR CODE SWITCH STUCK T41 C1 STUCK OPEN T41 C1 STUCK 3 OPEN OPEN 6 TSC3STUCK CLOSED 7 OPEN CLOSED T sk OPEN 2 58 0 CLOSED 11 OD LOCKOUT STUCK OPEN _ 12 STUCK CLOSED 80ccf5bb 422 CHARTS AND GRAPHS 11 3 SOLENOID APPLICATION CHART 42RLE SOLENOID APPLICATION CHART up oD REV 24 Crank x Reverse x x H A R T 5 R H 5 80 14 0 423 CHARTS AND GRAPHS 11 4 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR SWITCH STATES 42RLE TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR STATES T1 C4 CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED OPEN CLOSED CLOSED T3 C3 H R T 5 R H 5 Fre opex open oren oren oven 45 545 45RFE 545RFE TRS SWITCH STATES rane me wr
29. Disconnect the Input Speed Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the Speed Sensor signal circuit Is the resistance Below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 7 61 TRANSMISSION 42RLE 715 1 SPEED SENSOR ERROR Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the Input Speed Sensor harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit in the TCM harness connector 15 the voltage above 0 5 volts Yes Repair the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to voltage Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Input Speed Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit from the TCM harness connector to t
30. GoTo 2 No Adjust fluid level and repair cause of incorrect fluid level Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST Place vehicle on hoist WARNING BE SURE TO KEEP HANDS AND FEET CLEAR OF ROTATING WHEELS Run vehicle on hoist under conditions necessary to duplicate the noise NOTE It may be necessary to test drive the vehicle to duplicate the noise Using Chassis Ears or other suitable listening device verify the source of the noise Is the noise coming from the transmission Yes GoTo 3 No Test Complete GoTo 5 there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Repair internal transmission problem as necessary Inspect all of the transmission components for signs of wear If no problems found replace the Transmission oil pump Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Repair internal transmission problem as necessary Inspect all of the transmission components for signs of wear Pay particular attention to bearings pinion gears etc Repair or replace as necessary Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST With the shift lever in neutral raise the engine speed and listen to the noise All NOTE THE RADIO MUST BE TURNED OFF Alternator noise can come through the speakers and be misinterpreted as Transmission Pump Whine This can happen even with the volume turned do
31. JUNCTION BLOCK OUTBOARD f Ju lt lt x 5 1 5 lt 5 2 lt x lt lt 8 9 N N N N gt per 2 2 2 2 z lt lt lt lt lt lt lt N N N N A U gt 3115 2 Ee lt f fel lt lt 313 18 x S HIGH 19 lt lt 2 111 1 a lt Cle HT 96 5 S 2 RELAY N H 13 1 26 14 JUNCTION BLOCK BODY CONTROL MODULE R le 2 402 LO
32. bees 372 LAMPS COME ON WHILE SHIFTER IS NOT IN REVERSE POSITION 376 BACKUP LAMPS INOPERAIIVE cc02ccc2datav ence eee 377 FELT SHORTLY AFTER STOP WITH NO DTC S PRESENT 379 FELT WHILE COASTING IN NEUTRAL WITH NO DTC S PRESENT 380 CHECKING PARK NEUTRAL SWITCH OPERATION 381 POOR SHIFT QUALITY tte ited Mets Pees Ui ae oe 383 TRANSMISSION NOISY WITH NO DTC S PRESENT 384 TRANSMISSION SHIFTS EARLY WITH 386 TRANSMISSION SHIFTS ROUGH AFTER TCM REPLACEMENT OR REFLASH 387 TRANSMISSION SIMULATOR WILL POWER 388 VEHICLE IS SLUGGISH WITH NO DTO S 389 VERIFICATION TESTS VERIFICATION IS 2ccaceccauteese Monxacany eacneresaua 390 COMPONENT LOCATIONS renee 395 81 POWERTRAIN ENGINE CONTROL MODULE LOCATIONS 395 8 2 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE 395 8 3 TRANSMISSION COMPONENT LOCATIONS 396 8 4 TRANSMISSION LINE PRESSURE SENSOR 396 8 5 TRANSMISSION SOLENOID PRESSURE SWITCH ASSEMBLY 396 CONNECTOR PINOUTS 397 10 0 TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued
33. no possible causes remaining view repair All Repair Replace the Line Pressure Sensor the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Line Pressure Sensor connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the Ground circuit from the Line Pressure Sensor harness connector to the TCM harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Ground circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Line Pressure Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the Line Pressure Sensor Signal circuit from the Line Pressure Sensor harness connector to the TCM harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Line Pressure Sensor Signal circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 7 324 TRANSMISSION RFE 0935 PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a
34. observe the Input and Output Speed Sensor readings 15 the Output Speed Sensor reading twice the Input Speed Sensor reading Yes GoTo 3 GoTo 6 158 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P1794 SPEED SENSOR GROUND ERROR Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position CAUTION Remove the Starter Relay This will prevent the vehicle from being started in gear Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 and the Electronic Transmis sion Adapter kit 8333 1A Ignition on engine not running Using the Transmission Simulator set the selector switch to the 3000 1250 position Turn the Input Output switch to ON With the DRBIII read the Input and Output Speed Sensor RPM Does the Input Speed read 3000 RPM and the Output Speed read 1250 RPM within 50 RPM Yes GoTo 5 GoTo 4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect Input and Output Speed Sensor harness connectors Disconnect the TRS harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Input and Output Speed Sensor harness connectors 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms on either Speed Sensor Ground circuit Yes Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for an open or high resistance Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 5 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the
35. set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 With the DRBIII check for other transmission DTC s any of the following DTC s P0731 P0732 P0733 P0734 P1736 or P0715 present Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 3 343 TRANSMISSION RFE P1715 RESTRICTED PORT IN T3 RANGE Continued APPLICABILITY Check Shifter adjustment per the Service nformation Adjust if necessary All Did the shifter need to be adjusted Yes Adjust the shift linkage the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 4 This DTC can be set if the customer rests his or her hand on the shift lever while they are driving The transmission can be put in the T3 position if just enough forward pressure is exerted on the shift lever When this occurs the feed port to the clutch is restricted the transmission will declare neutral and this DTC will be set The customer should be informed not to rest his or her hand on the shift
36. APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 10 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 11 Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open or high resis
37. C or 110 F before performing the following steps Drive the vehicle and perform at least ten 4 3 kickdowns by depressing the throttle between 30 and 54 TPS DEGREES at speeds about 80 km h or 50 MPH With the DRBIII read the UD CL VOL INDEX Is the UD CL VOL INDEX below 10 Yes GoTo 3 GoTo 4 368 TRANSMISSION RFE P2703 INADEQUATE ELEMENT VOLUME UD Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining view repair All Repair Repair internal transmission as necessary Refer to the Service Information for the proper repair procedure for components re lated to the UD clutch A broken or weak return spring or a dislocated snap ring could cause this problem Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 NOTE The TRANS TEMP DEG must be at least 43 or 110 F before performing the following steps Perform eight learnable starts A learnable start is defined as follows Start engine From a standstill accelerate lightly to 80 km h or 50 MPH then brake lightly to a stop Turn off engine With the DRBIII record CL VOL INDEX CVI for all clutches With the DRBIII perform a BATTERY DISCONNECT With the DRBII1 read the 5 and compare them the readings recorded before the BATTERY DISCONNECT Are any of the CVI s less than 5 or different than before the BATTERY DISCON NECT Yes GoTo 5 No Test Complete Using the schematics as a gu
38. COMMUNICATION Symptom NO RESPONSE FROM ECM PCI BUS DIESEL ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES ECM NO RESPONSE PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on All NOTE As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB answer the question With the DRB enter Body then Body Computer With the DRB enter Anti Lock Brakes With the DRB enter Body then Electro M echanical Cluster MIC With the DRB enter Passive Restraints then Airbag Were you able to establish communications with any of the modules Yes GoTo 2 Refer to symptom PCI Bus Communication Failure in the Com munications category Perform ROAD TEST VERIFICATION VER 2 With the DRB read ECM Diagnostic Trouble Codes This is to ensure power and grounds to the ECM are operational NOTE If the DRB will not read ECM DTCs follow the NO RESPONSE TO ECM SCI only symptom path Turn the ignition off Disconnect the ECM harness connectors Use Scope input cable 7058 Cable to Probe adapter 7062 and the red and black test probes Connec the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable With the DRBIII select Pep Module Tools Select lab scope Select Live Data Select 12 volt square wave Press F2 for Scope Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts Set Probe to x10 P
39. MECHANICAL P0837 4WD MUX SWITCH PERFORMANCE Continued APPLICABILITY If there no possible causes remaining view repair All Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Information Perform the appropriate Powertrain verifi cation test 24 TRANSFER CASE MECHANICAL Symptom P0838 4WD MODE SENSOR LOW When Monitored and Set Condition P0838 4WD MODE SENSOR LOW When Monitored Continuously with the ignition key on Set Condition When the 4WD Mode Sensor input circuit voltage falls below 0 3 volts for 5 72 seconds POSSIBLE CAUSES TRANSFER CASE POSITION SENSOR INPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND TRANSFER CASE POSITION SENSOR INPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO SENSOR RETURN CIRCUIT TRANSFER CASE POSITION SENSOR POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT OPERATION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII record and erase All Start the engine and cycle the Transfer Case through all positions With the DRBIII read Transfer Case DTCs 15 the Good Trip Counter equal to zero Yes GoTo 2 GoTo 6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Powertrain Control Module harness connector CAUTION IF EQUIPPED WITH NGC CONTROLLER DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNEC TORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMINALS RESULTING IN POOR TER MINAL TO PIN CONNECTION INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL 8815TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS Discon
40. NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine 5 Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 213 TRANSMISSION RFE 715 1 SPEED SENSOR ERROR Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Start the engine in park With the DRBIII observe the Input Speed Sensor Reading 15 the Input Speed Sensor Reading below 400 RPM Yes GoTo 3 No GoTo 12 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a Transmission No Response co
41. Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the 2 4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 2 4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 7 111 TRANSMISSION 42RLE 846 2 4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT Continued APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the 2 4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 2 4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the 2 4
42. Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE 12 PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits Check for a Primary Oil Filter improperly installed A dislodged Reverse Carrier Snap Ring will typically set this DTC on heavy throttle acceleration from a dead stop With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 266 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P0845 2C HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition P0845 2C HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE When Monitored In any forward gear with engine speed above 1000 RPM shortly after a shift and every minute thereafter Set Condition After a shift into forward gear with engine speed above 1000 RPM the TCM momentarily turns on element pressure to the Clutch circuits that don t have pressure to identify the correct Pressure Switch closes If the Pressure Switch does not close 2 times the DTC sets POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED LINE PRESSURE 5 PRESENT TRANSM
43. TION TEST GoTo 3 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Transmission TRS harness connector NOTE Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the Back up Lamp Supply circuit in the TCM harness connector 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the Backup Lamp Supply circuit for a short to voltage Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST Test Complete 162 TRANSMISSION 42RLE BACKUP LAMPS COME ON WHILE SHIFTER IS NOT IN REVERSE POSITION Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY The condition is not present at this time All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST Test Complete 163 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom BACKUP LAMPS INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN LEFT BACKUP LAMP BULB OPEN RIGHT BACKUP LAMP BULB BACKUP LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN BACKUP LAMP SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN BACKUP LAMP SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY Ignition on engine not running Place foot firmly on brake pedal Place the shift lever in the reverse position D
44. check and record all 5 Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 255 TRANSMISSION RFE P0765 UD SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII check for other transmission 5 Are there any Transmission Control Relay related DTCs P0890 08910 P0888 present Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0765 NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0765 set at 0 Yes GoTo 4 No GoTo 11 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a Transmission No Response condition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running Monitor the UD Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator With the DRBIII actuate the UD Solenoid Did the UD Solenoid LED on
45. monitor the Transmission Line Pressure Firmly push the Line Pressure Sensor harness connector inward towards the Transmission Did the Line Pressure change to about 207 kPa or 30 PSI when the sensor connector was pushed Yes Disconnect and properly reconnect the Line Pressure Sensor connector Inspect terminals and repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 With the DRBIII check for other Transmission DTC s All Is the DTC P0932 present also Yes Refer to symptom list for problems related to P0932 Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 GoTo 5 283 TRANSMISSION RFE PO869 LINE PRESSURE HIGH Continued APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a TCM No Response condition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 With the Transmission Simulator select the OFF position on the Input Output Speed switch NOTE Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII monitor the Line Pressure during the following step Using the Transmission Simulator set the rotary knob to each of the 3 line pressure positions NOTE three DRBIII Line Pressure readings should be steady and 2 0 PSI of the reading specified on the Transmission Simulator Did the
46. 218 TRANSMISSION RFE P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR Continued APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Output Speed Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit 15 the resistance Below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Place a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volts Yes Repair the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Output Speed Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Output
47. ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 397 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR 2 4L 397 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR 3 7L 397 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR DIESEL 397 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2222 2 4 398 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE 0 399 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE C2 0 1 400 INPUT SPEED SENSOR 400 INPUT SPEED SENSOR 401 FUSES 403 LEFT 403 LINE PRESSURE SENSOR 45 404 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR 404 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR 404 FUSES DIESEL 406 E 408 TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY GAS 408 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C1 2 41 409 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C1 3 71 410 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C2 411 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE 412 RIGHT TAIL STOP
48. Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the Pressure Control Solenoid Control circuit 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Pressure Control Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 12 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE 12 PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 285 TRANSMISSION RFE PO869 LINE PRESSURE HIGH Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBII1 check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 286 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom 870 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition P0870 OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE When Monitored
49. INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine DTC s Check and repair all engine prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for P0706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all 5 Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 With the DRBIII check Transmission Are there any Speed Sensor and or other Temperature Sensor DTCs present Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform th
50. Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII monitor the 2C Pressure Switch state during the following step While pressing and holding the Pressure Switch test button wiggle the wiring harness and connectors pertaining to the 2C Pressure Switch Did the 2C Pressure Switch state change to closed and remain closed while wiggling the wires Yes GoTo 11 GoTo 13 Remove and inspect the Transmission Oil Pan per the Service nformation Does the Transmission Oil Pan contain excessive debris or contamination Yes Repair the cause of the excessive debris the Transmission Pan Refer to the Service Information for the proper procedures Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 12 270 TRANSMISSION RFE P0845 2C HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE Continued APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Repair Internal Transmission as necessary Disassemble and inspect the Valve Body and repair or replace as necessary If no problems are found in the Valve Body replace the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the 2C Pressure Sw
51. In any forward gear with engine speed above 1000 RPM shortly after a shift and every minute thereafter Set Condition After a shift into forward gear with engine speed above 1000 RPM the TCM momentarily turns on element pressure to the clutch circuits that don t have pressure to identify the correct pressure switch closes the pressure switch does not close 2 times the DTC sets POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED LINE PRESSURE DTC S PRESENT 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN POOR LINE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTION TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE EXCESSIVE DEBRIS IN OIL PAN LINE PRESSURE SENSOR TRANSMISSION SOLENOID TRS ASSEMBLY INTERNAL TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS 287 TRANSMISSION RFE P0870 OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE Continued APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read
52. Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 and the Electronic Transmis sion Adapter kit 8333 1A Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII actuate the 2 4 Solenoid With the Transmission Simulator monitor the 2 4 Solenoid LED Did the 2 4 Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator blink on and off during actuation Yes GoTo 5 GoTo 6 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly per the Service Information Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the 2 4 Solenoid Control circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connec tor Is the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 2 4 Solenoid Control circuit for an open Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 7 91 TRANSMISSION 42RLE 755 2 4 SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the re
53. NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 132 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0944 LOSS OF PRIME Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Place the gear selector in park Start the engine NOTE The TRANS TEMP DEG must at least 43 110 F before performing the following steps The Transmission must be at operating temperature prior to checking pressure A cold Transmission will give higher readings Place the Transmission in Reverse With the DRBIII observe the Transmission Pressure Switch states Are any of the Pressure Switches closed Yes GoTo 3 GoTo 5 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Test drive the vehicle Allow the Transmission to shift through all gears and ranges Did you experience a delayed engagement and or a no drive condition Yes GoTo 5 GoTo 4 With the DRBIII perform a Shift Lever Position test F ollow the instructions on the DRBIII Did the Shift Lever Position Test pass Yes GoTo 6 No Refer symptom list and perform test for DTC P0706 Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Remove and inspect the Transmission Pan Transmission Filter the Service Information Does the Transmission Oil Pan contain excessive debris and or is the Oil Filter plugged Yes Repair the cause of the plugge
54. Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 126 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P0891 TRANSMISSION RELAY ALWAYS When Monitored and Set Condition P0891 TRANSMISSION RELAY ALWAYS When Monitored When theignition is turned from the OFF position tothe RUN position and or the ignition is turned from the CRANK position to RUN position Set Condition This DTC is set if the Transmission Control Module senses greater than 3 0 volts at the Transmission Control Relay Output terminal of the TCM prior tothe TCM energizing the Transmission Control Relay POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY STUCK CLOSED TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE TRANSMISSION RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak t
55. Performing a DRBIII QUICK LEARN proce dure 3 Reprogramming the EATX controller Erasing Transmission DTCs does not clear the EATX DTC EVENT DATA 3 4 USING THE DRBIII Refer to the DRBIII user s guide for instructions and assistance with reading trouble codes erasing trouble codes and other DRBII functions 3 5 DRBIII ERROR MESSAGES Under normal operation the DRBIII will dis play one of only two error messages User Requested WARM Boot User Requested COLD Boot If the DRBIII should display any other error message record the entire display and call the S T A R Center 3 5 1 DRBIII DOES POWER UP BLANK SCREEN If the 5 do not light or sound is emitted at start up check for loose cable connections or a bad cable Check the vehicle battery voltage A mini mum of 11 volts is required to adequately power the DRBIII If all connections are proper between the DRBIII and the vehicle or other devices and the vehicle battery is fully charged an inoperative DRBIII the result of faulty cable or vehicle wiring For a blank screen refer to the appropriate Body Diagnostic manual 3 5 2 DISPLAY IS NOT VISIBLE Low temperatures will affect the visibility of the display Adjust the contrast to compensate for this condition 3 5 3 SOME DISPLAY ITEMS READ This is caused by the scrolling the DRBIII dis play a single line up or down The line w
56. Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 5 Note Reinstall the original Starter Relay Turn the ignition off Disconnect the TCM harness connector Using 12 test light connected to ground check the Fused B circuit NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 6 No Repair the Fused B circuit for an open Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 COMMUNICATION NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Using a 12 volt test light connected to 12 volts check each ground circuit in the TCM harness connector NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly at all the ground circuits Yes GoTo 7 No Repair the Ground circuit s for an open Check the main ground connection to engine block and or chassis Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Note Ensure there is PCI Bu
57. VER 1 No Test Complete With the DRBIII check for other transmission 5 Are the DTCs P1775 and P0841 present also Yes Replacethe Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 6 If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Repair internal transmission per the Service Information Inspect the Primary Oil Pump and replace if necessary If no problems are found in the Oil Pump replace the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly Replace the Torque Converter in either case Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions which the DTC was set Were there any problems found 242 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom 750 SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition P0750 LR SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored Initially at power up then every 10 seconds thereafter It will also be tested immediately after a gear ratio or pressure switch error is detected Set Condition After three consecutive solenoid continuity tests failures After one failure if a test is run
58. Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom If any of these DTCs are present they will cause a Speed Ratio Error Perform the test for P0944 first if it is present Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 With the DRBIII perform the 1st Gear Clutch Test Follow the instructions on the DRBIII Increase the throttle angle or TPS Degree to 30 for no more than a few seconds CAUTION Do not overheat the transmission Did the Clutch Test pass Input Speed remain at zero Yes GoTo 4 GoTo 5 The conditions to set this DTC are not currently present Check the gearshift linkage adjustment Intermittent Gear Ratio DTCs can be set by problems the Input and Output Speed Sensor circuits and or Speed Sensor Ground circuit Remove the Starter Relay Check the speed sensor wiring and connectors for good connection then perform a wiggle test using the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a Transmission No Response condition Gear ratio DTC s can also be set under extreme temperature conditions this is usually caused by an internal problem Verify if the problem is only experienced under extreme hot or cold conditions With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perf
59. follow the NO RESPONSE PCM SCI only symptom path NOTE If the vehicle will not start and the DRBIII displays no response message refer to the appropriate symptom in the powertrain diagnostic procedures Turn the ignition off Disconnect the PCM harness connector Use Scope input cable CH 7058 Cable to Probe adapter CH 7062 and the red and black test probes Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable Install DRBIII SuperCard 2 CH8361 into DRBIII With the DRBIII select Pep Module Tools Select lab scope Select Live Data Select 12 volt square wave Press F2 for Scope Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts Set Probe to x10 Press F2 again when complete Connect the Black lead to the PCM ground Connect the Red lead the PCI Bus circuit in the PCM connector Turn the ignition on Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7 5 volts Yes Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor dance with the Service nformation Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 COMMUNICATION Symptom NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTRO
60. the parking brake does not hold the drive wheels Some operations in this manual require that hydraulic tubes hoses and fittings disconnected for inspection or testing purposes These systems when fully charged contain fluid at high preessure Before disconnecting any hydraulic tubes hoses and fittings be sure that the system is fully depres surized When servicing a vehicle always wear eye pro tection and remove any metal jewelry such as watchbands or bracelets that might make an inad vertent electrical contact When diagnosing a Transmission system prob lem it is important to follow approved procedures where applicable These procedures can be found in the service information Following these procedures is very important to the safety of individuals per forming diagnostic tests 4 2 2 VEHICLE PREPARATION FOR TESTING Make sure the vehicle being tested has a fully charged battery If it does not false diagnostic or error messages may occur It is extremely important that accurate shift lever position data is available to the TCM The accuracy of any DTC GENERAL INFORMATION found in memory is doubtful unless the Shift Lever Test performed on the DRBIII Scan Tool passes without failure 4 2 3 SERVICING SUB ASSEMBLIES Some components of the Transmission system are intended to be serviced in assembly only Attempt ing to remove or repair certain system sub components may result in personal injury
61. 20 min 60 F 15 5 10 min POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED 5 PRESENT TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine DTC s Check and repair all engine prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 49 TRANSMISSION 42RLE
62. 3rd clutches to verify 4th Prime operation Increase the throttle angle TPS Degree to 30 for no more than a few seconds for each Gear tested CAUTION Do not overheat the transmission NOTE 5 will be set while using the DRBIII to perform a clutch test Did both clutch tests pass input speed remain at zero Yes GoTo 4 GoTo 5 The conditions to set this DTC are not currently present All Check the gearshift linkage adjustment Intermittent gear ratio DTCs be set by problems in the Input and Output Speed Sensor circuits and or Speed Sensor Ground circuit Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a Transmission No Response condition Check the speed sensor wiring and connectors for good connection then perform a wiggle test using the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 Gear ratio DTC s can also be set under extreme temperature conditions this is usually caused by an internal problem Verify if the problem is only experienced under extreme hot or cold conditions With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Repair internal transmission problem If any Line Pressure DTC s are present alon
63. 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 36 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P0562 LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE SSS eee When Monitored and Set Condition P0562 LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE When Monitored With the engine running and the TCM has closed the Transmission Control Relay Set Condition If battery voltage at TCM Transmission Control Relay Output Sense circuit is less than 10 0 volts for 15 seconds This DTC generally indicates a gradually falling battery voltage or resistive connections to the TCM POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED CHARGING SYSTEM DTCS FUSED B CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE TRANS CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT TO TCM OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine DTC s Check and repair all engine prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the
64. 50 Fahrenheit it is possible that no oil will show on the dipstick even though the transmission has an adequate fill level when warm Is the fluid level OK Yes GoTo 3 No Adjust fluid level Repair cause of incorrect fluid level Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST 384 TRANSMISSION RFE TRANSMISSION NOISY WITH NO DTC S PRESENT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Repair internal transmission as necessary per the Service nfor mation Inspect all of the transmission components for signs of wear Pay particular attention to bearings pinion gears etc Repair or replace as necessary Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST 385 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom TRANSMISSION SHIFTS EARLY WITH NO DTC S POSSIBLE CAUSES COLD TRANSMISSION BUS PROBLEMS INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY If the transmission shifts too early when the transmission is cold this is a normal All condition Did the problem occur when the transmission temperature was cold Yes The software is designed to protect the transmission from high torque and or high RPM shifts during cold operation Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST No GoTo 2 Using the attempt communication with other Modules the bus check for signs of a bus problem such as bus related
65. ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0712 All NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less Yes GoTo 4 GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Remove the Starter Reay NOTE Failure to remove Starter Relay can cause a Transmission No Response condition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running With the Transmission Simulator turn the Input Output switch to OFF With the DRBII monitor the TRANS TEMP VOLTS while turning the Thermistor Voltage switch to all three positions on the Transmission Simulator Compare the DRBIII readings with the numbers listed on the Transmission Simulator Do the readings the Transmission Simulator match the DRBIII readings 0 2 volts Yes GoTo 5 No GoTo 6 If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit 15 the res
66. APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all 5 Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 232 TRANSMISSION RFE 0733 RATIO ERROR IN Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII check for other transmission DTC s If any of these DTC s are present perform their respective te
67. Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay NOTE Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 10 No Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open or high resistance Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 Using the schematics as guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 249 TRANSMISSION RFE 755 2 SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued APPLICABILITY The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggl
68. CIRCUIT Continued APPLICABILITY The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 262 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P0841 LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition P0841 LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT When Monitored Whenever the engine is running Set Condition The appropriate code is set if one of the pressure switches are open or closed at the wrong time a given gear POSSIBLE CAUSES LOSS OF PRIME P0944 PRESENT RELATED RELAY 5 PRESENT L R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN L R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND L R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE L R PRESSURE SWITCH TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform
69. Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio 5 check and record all CVI s Most set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 Perform the Oil Pump Flow test the Service Information Did the Oil Pump Flow test pass Yes GoTo 3 No Repair the cause of either a low no Transmission Oil Pump Flow Refer to the Service Information for the proper repair procedure Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 190 TRANSMISSION RFE 0218 TEMPERATURE OPERATION ACTIVATED Continued APPLICABILITY Perform Engine Cooling System diagnostics the Service Information All Is the Engine Cooling System functioning pr
70. DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits Check the power and ground circuits of the Transmission Control Module Check the vehicles battery condition Were any problems found Yes Repair wiring and or connectors as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 70 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P0O731 GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 1ST When Monitored and Set Condition 0731 RATIO ERROR IN 1ST When Monitored The Transmission Gear Ratio is monitored continuously while the Transmission is in gear Set Condition If the ratio of the input RPM to the output RPM does not match the current Gear Ratio POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED PRESENT INTERMITTENT GEAR RATIO ERRORS INTERNAL TRANSMISSION ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine 5 Check and repair all engine prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnos
71. DTC s prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all 5 Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 251 TRANSMISSION RFE 760 SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII check for other transmission 5 Are there any Transmission Control Relay related DTC s P0890 P0891 or P0888 present Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0760 NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0760 set at 0 Yes GoTo 4
72. EVAP PURGE SOLENOID CONTROL 21 22 C21 18DB OR A C SWITCH SENSE 23 24 29 18WT PK BRAKE SWITCH SENSE 25 125 18WT DB GENERATOR SOURCE 26 K226 18DB WT FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL 27 021 18 5 TRANSMIT 28 29 D32 18LG SCI RECEIVE PCM 30 025 18YL VT 5 31 32 V37 18RD LG SPEED CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL RIGHT TAIL STOP LAMP CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 L38 18BR WT EXPORT REAR FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT 2 178 18DG YL FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT 3 L50 18WT TN BRAKE LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT 4 L10 18BR LG BACK UP LAMP FEED 5 2151 18BK WT GROUND 6 L62 18BR RD RIGHT TURN SIGNAL 412 CONNECTOR PINOUTS WHITE SHIFTER ASSEMBLY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 E2 200R PANEL LAMPS DRIVER 1 3 2 221 20BK LG GROUND 4 3 T6 20VT WT OVERDRIVE OFF SWITCH SENSE 4 221 20BK LG GROUND SHIFTER 5 F22 18DB PK FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN ASSEMBLY 6 29 20WT PK BRAKE SWITCH SENSE BLUE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GAS CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 K7 180R 5 VOLT SUPPLY 2 18BK LB SENSOR GROUND THROTTLE K22 180R DB THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL POSITION SENSOR GAS N N E TRANSFER CASE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT FUNCTION R 1 1 77 18BRIWT GAS TRANSFER CASE POSITION SENSOR INPUT 1 K77 20BR WT DIESEL TRANSFER CASE POSI
73. Error Perform the test for P0944 first if it is present Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 With the DRBII1I perform the 2nd Gear Clutch Test Follow the instructions on the DRBIII Increase the throttle angle TPS Degree to 30 for no more than a few seconds CAUTION Do not overheat the transmission Did the clutch test pass Input speed remain at zero Yes GoTo 4 GoTo 5 usually caused by an internal problem Verify if the problem is only experienced under extreme hot or cold conditions With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete With the DRBIII check for other transmission DTC s Is a DTC P0845 2C Hydraulic Pressure Switch and or P0846 2C Pressure Switch present also Yes Repair the Transmission or Solenoid TRS assembly per the Ser vice Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 6 The conditions to set this DTC are not currently present All Check the gearshift linkage adjustment Intermittent gear ratio DTCs can be set by problems in the Input and Output Speed Sensor circuits and or Speed Sensor Ground circuit Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a TCM No
74. Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 120 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0871 OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBII1 check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 121 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom 884 UP AT SPEED When Monitored and Set Condition 0884 UP AT SPEED When Monitored When Transmission Control Module powers up Set Condition This DTC will set if the TCM powers and senses the vehicle in a valid forward gear no PRNDL DTCs with a output speed above 800 RPM approximately 32K m h or 20 POSSIBLE CAUSES POWER UP AT SPEED APPLICABILITY This DTC is set when the TCM is initialized while the vehicle is moving down the All road in a valid forward gear Check all of the Fused B Fused I gnition Switch Output and Ground circuits to the TCM for an intermittent open or short to ground Were there any problems found Yes Repai
75. Line Pressure remain steady in all three positions Yes GoTo 6 GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Install the Line Pressure Adaptor Miller tool 8259 the Pressure Gauge Miller tool C 3293 0 to 2000 kPa 0 to 300 PSI Start the engine in park With the DRBIII monitor the Line Pressure Monitor the reading the Pressure Gauge Miller tool C 3293 Compare the Line Pressure reading between the DRBIII and the Pressure Gauge 15 the Pressure Gauge reading within 34 kPa or 5 PSI of the DRBIII reading Yes GoTo 7 Replace the Line Pressure Sensor per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Repair internal transmission the Service Information Inspect the Transmission Oil Pump per the Service Information and replace if necessary If no problem is found replace the Transmis sion Solenoid TRS Assembly stuck Pressure Control Solenoid Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Transmission Control Module harness connector Disconnect the Line Pressure Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the 5 volt Supply circuit from the Line Pressure Sensor harness connector to the Transmission Control Module harness connecto
76. NECT Yes GoTo 5 No Test Complete Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE 12 PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 365 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P2702 INADEQUATE ELEMENT VOLUME OD When Monitored and Set Condition P2702 INADEQUATE ELEMENT VOLUME OD When Monitored Whenever the engine is running The OD Clutch Volume is updated during a 2 3 upshift with a throttle angle between 10 and 54 Transmission temperature must be at least 43 C or 110 F Set Condition When the OD Clutch Volume falls below 5 POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERNAL TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine 5 Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1
77. NOTE If the TCM has been replaced or if the transmission has been repaired or replaced it is necessary to perform the DRBIII Quick Learn Procedure 7 Road test the vehicle With the DRBIII monitor TPS Make fifteen to twenty 1 2 2 3 and 3 4 upshifts and 4 4 Prime for 545RFE only 8 Perform these shifts from a standing start to 97 Km h 60 MPH with a constant throttle opening of 20 to 25 degrees 9 Below 40 Km h 25 MPH make five to eight wide open throttle kickdowns to 1st gear Allow at least 5 seconds each in 2nd and 3rd gear between each kickdown 10 Check for DTC s during the road test 11 NOTE Use the EATX OBDII task manager to run Good Trip time each gear this will confirm the repair and to ensure that the DTC has not re matured 12 Perform the Battery Disconnect with the this will clear the EATX EVENT DATA Were any Trouble Codes set during the road test Yes Refer to the Symptom List for the appropriate diagnostic tests No Repair is complete 390 APPLICABILITY All APPLICABILITY All VERIFICATION TESTS Verification Tests Continued POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 APPLICABILITY 1 Inspect the vehicle to ensure that all engine components are properly installed and All connected Reassemble and reconnect components as necessary 2 Inspect the engine oil for contamination If oil contamination is suspected change the oil and filter 3 If the PCM was not replac
78. No GoTo 11 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Remove the Starter Relay from the PDC NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a Transmission No Response condition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running Monitor the OD Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator With the DRBIII actuate the OD Solenoid Did the OD Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator blink on and off Yes GoTo 5 No GoTo 6 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the OD Solenoid Control circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Is the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the OD Solenoid Control circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 7 252 TRANSMISSION RFE P0760 OD SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Tra
79. Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Measure the voltage of the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the TCM harness connector 15 the voltage above 10 0 volts Yes Replace the Transmission Control Relay Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 10 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector 310 TRANSMISSION RFE P0888 RE LAY OUTPUT ALWAYS OFF Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Using the schematics as guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as All necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service nfor mation WITH THE 12 PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 311 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom PO890 SWITCHED BATTERY When Monitored and Set Co
80. P0871 OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s All Are there any Transmission Control Relay DTC s present also Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 3 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set 15 the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less for P0871 Yes GoTo 4 No GoTo 11 Turn the ignition off to the lock position CAUTION Remove the Starter Relay This will prevent the vehicle from being started in gear Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 and the Electronic Transmis sion Adapter kit 8333 1A Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running On the Transmission Simulator select OD on the Pressure Switch selector switch With the DRBIII monitor the OD Pressure Switch state while pressing the Pressure Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator Did the Pressure Switch state change from OPEN to CLOSED when the test button was pressed Yes GoTo 5 No GoTo 6 If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly the Service Information Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Di
81. RD OXYGEN SENSOR 2 1 SIGNAL 27 Ki 18DG RD MANIFOLD ABOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL 28 29 K341 18TN WT OXYGEN SENSOR 2 2 SIGNAL 30 31 7107 14BK DB GROUND 31 7107 14BK DG GROUND 22 7107 14BK DG GROUND 22 2107 14BK DB GROUND 410 WHITE 1 AST 00000000000 21 12 J 22 SS POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C2 GAS CONNECTOR PINOUTS POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C2 GAS CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 2 3 4 11 18WT DB FUEL INJECTOR NO 1 DRIVER 5 K13 18YL WT FUEL INJECTOR NO 3 DRIVER 6 K38 18GY 3 7L FUEL INJECTOR NO 5 DRIVER 7 8 9 17 18DB TN 2 4L IGNITION COIL NO 2 DRIVER 9 92 14TN PK 3 7L COIL ON PLUG DRIVER NO 2 10 K20 18DG GENERATOR FIELD 11 12 58 18BR DB 3 7L FUEL INJECTOR NO 6 DRIVER 13 14 15 K12 18 FUEL INJECTOR NO 2 DRIVER 16 K14 18LB BR FUEL INJECTOR NO 4 DRIVER 17 K173 18LG RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL 18 19 C18 18DB A C PRESSURE SIGNAL 20 21 22 23 060 18GY YL ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 K6 18VT WT 5 VOLT SUPPLY 32 411 R 4 2 CONNECTOR PINOUTS 21
82. SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE UD SOLENOID TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 98 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0765 UD SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Wit
83. Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 73 TRANSMISSION 42RLE 0732 RATIO ERROR IN 2ND Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s If any of these are present perform their respective tests first Are the P0944 P0715 P0720 or P1794 present also Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom any of these 5 are present they will cause a gear ratio error Perform the test for Loss of Prime first if it is present Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 With the DRBII1I perform the 2nd Gear Clutch Test Follow the instructions the DRBIII Increase the Throttle Angle TPS Degree to 30 for no more than a few seconds CAUTION Do not overheat the transmission Did the Clutch Test pass Input Speed remain at 0 Yes GoTo 4 GoTo 5 The conditions to set this DTC are not present at this time All Check the gearshift linkage adjustment Gear ratio DTC s can be set
84. Speed Sensor harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Output Speed Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the Speed Sensor Ground circuit 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 10 219 TRANSMISSION RFE P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Place a jumper wire between the Fused circuit and Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volts Yes Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 11 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all
85. TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Remove the starter relay from the PDC Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Fused Ignition Switch Output Start circuit NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Observe the test light while momentarily turning the ignition switch to the Start position Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 4 Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output Start circuit for an open Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the Service Infor mation Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector With a voltmeter in the millivolt scale measure the voltage of the Fused Ignition Switch Output Start circuit NOTE Anoresponse condition can exist if voltage is present on this circuit with the ignition switch in any position except for the Start position NOTE Voltage up to 080 millivolts can cause this condition NOTE Check for after market components that could cause this condition Perform this step with the Ignition Switch in every position except for the Start position 15 any voltage present Yes Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output Start circuit for a short to voltage
86. Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 present Yes Refer tosymptom list and perform appropriate test Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 With the DRBIII check for other Transmission 15 the DTC P0733 and or P0871 present also Yes Replacethe Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 4 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0870 NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less Yes GoTo 5 No GoTo 18 With the DRBIII check for other Transmission All Are there
87. VER 1 Test Complete 54 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P0O713 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition P0713 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH When Monitored Continuously with the ignition on and engine running Set Condition The DTC will set when the monitored Temperature Sensor voltage rises above 4 94 volts for the period of 0 45 seconds POSSIBLE CAUSES TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine 5 Check and repair all engine prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio c
88. VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the MS Solenoid Control circuit between the TCM harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Is the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the MS Solenoid Control circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 7 373 TRANSMISSION RFE P2706 MS SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the MS Solenoid Control circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the MS Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Tra
89. With the DRBIII erase TCM DTC s Start the engine in park With the DRBIII read Transmission Did the DTC P1694 return Yes Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 5 conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Test Complete 145 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P1775 SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION When Monitored and Set Condition P1775 SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION When Monitored During an attempted shift into 1st gear Set Condition This DTC is set if three unsuccessful attempts are made to shift into 1st gear in one given ignition start POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED DTC P0841 PRESENT L R PRESSURE SWITCH TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN L R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN L R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND L R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMI
90. and ground circuits If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module the Service nfor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 292 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P0871 OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition P0871 OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT When Monitored Whenever the engine is running Set Condition The appropriate code is set if one of the pressure switches are open or closed at the wrong time in a given gear POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED RELAY 5 PRESENT OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE OD PRESSURE SWITCH TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many tra
91. are not present at this time Note Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions that set the DTC Pay particular attention to the DTC set conditions such as VSS MAP ECT and Load Note Visually inspect the related wiring harness Look for any chafed pierced pinched or partially broken wires Note Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors Look for broken bent pushed out or corroded terminals NOTE Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the Powertrain Control Module harness connector CAUTION IF EQUIPPED WITH NGC CONTROLLER DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNEC TORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMINALS RESULTING IN POOR TER MINAL TO PIN CONNECTION INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL 8815TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS NOTE Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between the Transfer Case Position Sensor Input circuit and the Sensor Return circuit in the PCM harness connector 15 the resistance between 55 ohms and 1 3k ohms Yes GoTo 5 No Replace the Transfer Case Position Sensor No Test Complete 26 TRANSFER CASE MECHANICAL Symptom P0839 4WD MODE SENSOR HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition P0839 4WD MODE SENSOR HIGH When Monitored Continuously with the ignition key on Set Conditi
92. check all the ground circuits in the TCM harness connector NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the light illuminate brightly at all the ground circuits Yes Test Complete No Repair the Ground circuit s as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Has the battery been disconnected lost it s charge or been replaced recently Yes This is the cause of the DTC Erase the DTC and return the vehicle to the customer Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 6 Has the Quick Learn procedure been performed Yes This is the cause of the DTC Erase the DTC and return the vehicle to the customer Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 7 140 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P1684 BATTERY WAS DISCONNECTED Continued APPLICABILITY Has the TCM been replaced or disconnected All Yes Replacing or disconnecting the TCM will set this DTC Erase the DTC and return the vehicle to the customer Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 4
93. diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio 5 check and record all CVI s Most set start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 263 TRANSMISSION RFE P0841 LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT Continued APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII check for other Transmission Are there any Transmission Control Relay related DTC s P0890 P0891 or P0888 present Yes Refer to symptom list and perform test for the related Transmis sion Control Relay DTC s Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 With
94. for a short to the Speed Sensor Ground circuit Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 11 178 TRANSMISSION RFE 122 LOW DIESEL Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Using the schematics as guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as All necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 179 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom 0123 5 5 HIGH en When Monitored and Set Condition P0123 TPS APPS HIGH When Monitored Continuously with the ignition on and engine running Set Condition This DTC will set if the monitored TPS voltage rises above 4 94 volts for the period of 0 48 seconds POSSIBLE CAUSES ENGINE TPS 5 PRE
95. forward gear amp the press switch s that should be closed are open a loss of prime test begins Available elements are turned on by the TCM to see if pump prime exists The code sets if no pressure switches respond POSSIBLE CAUSES SHIFT LEVER POSITION PLUGGED TRANSMISSION OIL FILTER TRANSMISSION OIL PUMP INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for P0706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module
96. guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 272 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P0846 2C PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition P0846 2C PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT When Monitored Whenever the engine is running Set Condition The appropriate code is set if one of the pressure switches are open or closed at the wrong time a given gear POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED RELAY 5 PRESENT 2C PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN 2C PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND 2C PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE 2C PRESSURE SWITCH TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diag
97. in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the L R Pressure Switch Sense circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the L R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between F used B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit Ignition on engine not running Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 9 Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open or high resistance Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 148 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P1775 SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Using the schematics as guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as All necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground cir
98. in the Transmission Control Relay connector Is the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Transmission Control Relay Ground circuit for open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the used B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the all three Transmission Control Relay Output circuits the TCM harness connector NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly on all three circuits Yes GoTo 6 No Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open or high resistance Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 309 TRANSMISSION RFE PO888 RELAY OUTPUT ALWAYS OFF Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between
99. is reporting internal errors and must be replaced Refer to the Service Information WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 192 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P0605 INTERNAL TCM _ When Monitored and Set Condition 0605 TCM When Monitored Continuously with the ignition Set Condition Whenever the Transmission Control Module TCM detects an internal controller problem POSSIBLE CAUSES TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE APPLICABILITY Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as All necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair The Transmission Control Module is reporting internal errors and must be replaced WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 193 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P0613 INTERNAL TCM When Monitored and Set Condition P0613 INTERNAL TCM When Monitored Continuously with the ignition on Set Condition When ever the Transmission Control Module TCM detects an internal controller problem POSSIBLE CAUSES GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Not
100. jumper wire between the Fused circuit the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Relay connector Turn ignition on Measure the voltage of the Line Pressure Sensor Signal circuit Is the voltage above 5 5 volts Yes Repair the Line Pressure Sensor Signal circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 Using the schematics as guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 325 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P0944 LOSS OF PRIME When Monitored and Set Condition P0944 LOSS OF PRIME When Monitored If the transmission is slipping in any for
101. last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET equal to 0 Yes GoTo 4 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the PCM harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the Torque Management Request Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector to the PCM harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Torque Management Request Sense circuit for an open Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the PCM harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the Torque Management Request Sense circuit 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair Torque Management Request Sense circuit for a short to ground Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the Torque Management Request Sense circuit Is the voltage above 10 5 volts Yes Repair Torque Management Request Sense circuit for a short to voltage Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 7 156 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P1793 TRD LINK COMMUNICATION ERROR Conti
102. locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine DTC s Check and repair all engine prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 160 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P1797 MANUAL SHIFT OVERHEAT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY This is an informational DTC only All Check the Engine and Transmission Cooling Systems for proper operation Check the Radiator Cooling Fan operation Check the Transmission Cooling Fan operation if equipped Check the Transmission F
103. necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module the Service nfor mation WITH THE 12 PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 337 TRANSMISSION RFE 0988 4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT Continued APPLICABILITY The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits Check for a Primary Oil filter installed incorrectly A dislodged Reverse Carrier Snap Ring will typically set this DTC on heavy throttle acceleration from a dead stop With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 338 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P1684 BATTERY WAS DISCONNECTED When Monitored and Set Condition P1684 BATTERY WAS DISCONNECTED When Monitored Whenever the ignition is in the Run Start position Set Condition This DTC is set whenever the Transmission Control Module is discon nected from battery power Fused B and or ground It will also be set during a DRBIII Ba
104. not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio 5 check and record all CVI s Most set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 323 TRANSMISSION RFE P0935 LINE PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less Yes GoTo 3 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a Transmission No Response condition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII monitor the Line Pressure Using the Transmission Simulator set the rotary switch to each of the 3 line pressure positions Note The readings should be within 2 0 PSI on the DRBII1 of the pressure reading specified on Transmission Simulator Does the Line Pressure on the DRBIII match the pressures the Transmission Simulator Yes GoTo 4 GoTo 5 If there
105. or P0888 present Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0755 NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0755 set at 0 Yes GoTo 4 No GoTo 11 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a Transmission No Response condition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running Monitor the 2C Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator With the DRBIII actuate the 2C Solenoid Did the 2C Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator blink on and off Yes GoTo 5 GoTo 6 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the 2C Solenoid Control circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Is the r
106. output RPM line pressure should always be checked at 1500 2000 RPM Typical Line Pressure problems include Mechanical and actual readings both less than desired the mechanical and actual readings do not increase significantly as engine speed is raised above 2000 RPM thepressure control solenoid is usually at fault The pressure control sole noid is usually accompanied by DTC s P0867 C8 and 868 9 The PCS is located in the Transmission Solenoid TRS assembly the mechanical and actual readings vary with engine speed above 2000 RPM the fault is often a sticking main regulator valve This valve is located in the transmission pump assembly e Actual reading on the DRBIII differs from the Mechanical Pressure reading higher or lower by GENERAL INFORMATION more than 69kPa 10 PSI This is sometimes accompanied by DTC PO869 CB The fault is usually in the Line Pressure Sensor or the Line Pressure Sensor Wiring e All three readings match but the actual reading exhibits momentary intermittent pressure in creases to 1724 kPa 250 PSI The line Pressure Sensor is usually the problem This will cause erratic shift quality particularly a harsh 3 1 coast down shift repair by replacing the Line Pressure Sensor 3 2 3 DRIVE LEARN PROCEDURE 45 545RFE Procedure To Learn A Smooth Ist Neutral Drive Shift Perform this procedure only if the complaint is for a dela
107. overheat the transmission Did the dutch test pass Input Speed remain at zero Yes GoTo 4 GoTo 5 Gear ratio DTC s can also be set under extreme temperature conditions this is usually caused by an internal problem Verify if the problem is only experienced under extreme hot or cold conditions With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions which the DTC was set If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Repair as necessary Refer to the Service information for the proper internal repair procedure Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Repair transmission as necessary f there were any line pressure DTC s present along with this DTC make sure to inspect the pump and Pressure Control Solenoid per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions to set this DTC are not currently present All Check the gearshift linkage adjustment Intermittent gear ratio DTCs can be set by problems in the Input and Output Speed Sensor circuits and or Speed Sensor Ground circuit Check the Speed Sensor wiring and connectors for good connection then perform a wiggle test using the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 346 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P1775 SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION When Monit
108. per the Service Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 187 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom 124 5 5 INTERMITTENT DIESEL I When Monitored and Set Condition P0124 TPS APPS INTERMITTENT DIESEL When Monitored Continuously with the ignition on and engine running Set Condition This DTC will set with a throttle angle between 6 and 120 6 with a 5 or higher change under 7 0 milliseconds POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED DTCS PRESENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and re
109. perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio 5 check and record all CVI s Most set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 320 TRANSMISSION RFE P0934 LINE PRESSURE SENSOR LOW Continued APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less Yes GoTo 3 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a Transmission No Response co
110. problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine DTC s Check and repair all engine prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 130 TRANSMISSION 42RLE 897 OUT BURNT TRANSAXLE FLUID Continued APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off All Remove the Transmission Oil Pan and Oil Filter per the Service Information Install a new Transmission Oil Filter per Service Information Reinstall Tr
111. protect the transmission from high torque and or high RPM shifts during cold operation Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to any Transmission diagnostics A inconsistent TPS APPS operation can cause an abnormal or erratic shift pattern With the DRBIII monitor the TPS APPS voltage for a smooth voltage change while slowly opening and closing the throttle If the voltage change is not smooth replace the sensor Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to the test P0706 Check Shifter Signal in the transmission category NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller If a controller software update was performed make sure to perform the Drive Learn Procedure A abnormal or erratic shift pattern may transpire if the Drive Learn Procedure is not performed NOTE Check for any applicable TSB s that may apply Where there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST No Test Complete 383 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom TRANSMISSION NOISY WITH NO DTC S PRESENT POSSIBLE CAUSES INCORRECT FLUID LEVEL VERIFY NOISY TRANSMISSION INTERNAL TRANSMISSION PROBLEM NOISY WHILE DRIVING INTERNAL TRANSMISSION PROBLEM NOISY WHILE STANDING S
112. related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0713 NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set 15 the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less Yes GoTo 3 No GoTo 8 208 TRANSMISSION RFE P0713 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH Continued APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove Starter Relay can cause a Transmission No Response condition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running With the Transmission Simulator turn the Input Output switch to OFF With the DRBIII monitor the TRANS TEMP VOLTS while turning the Thermistor Voltage switch to all three positions on the Transmission Simulator Compare the DRBIII readings with the numbers listed on the Transmission Simulator Do the readings the Transmission Simulator match the DRBIII readings 0 2 volts Yes GoTo 4 GoTo 5 there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission
113. s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 241 TRANSMISSION RFE 740 CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL CIRCUIT Continued APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII read transmission 5 15 the DTC P0750 present Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 With the DRBIII Read and RECORD ALL Transmission After recording DTC s erase Drive the vehicle until the transmission temperature is at least 43 C or 110 F Perform the following steps 3 times Drive the vehicle at 80 km h or 50 MPH Allow 4th gear to engage for at least 10 seconds Close the Throttle Tip back into the throttle until the TPS angle is between 25 and 29 degrees NOTE If the throttle angle goes over 30 degrees you must close the throttle and try again Did the TCC engage Engine speed approximately equal to input speed during any of the attempts Yes GoTo 4 GoTo 5 Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST
114. specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 302 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P0876 UD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition P0876 UD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT When Monitored Whenever the engine is running Set Condition This DTC is set if the UD pressure switch is in the wrong state for the current gear For example this code would be set if the UD pressure switch remained off while the transmission was in second gear POSSIBLE CAUSES RELAY DTC S PRESENT TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN UD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN UD PRESSURE SWITCH CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND UD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE UD PRESSURE SWITCH TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to perfo
115. such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 94 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0760 OD SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII read Transmission Control Module 5 Are there any Transmission Control Relay DTC s present Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 3 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0760 NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set 15 the STARTS SINCE SET counter for 760 set at 0 Yes GoTo 4 No GoTo 11 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All CAUTION Remove the Starter Relay from the PDC This will prevent the vehicle from being started in gear Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 and the Electronic Transmis sion Adapter kit 8333 1A Ignition on engine not running With the Transmission Simulator monitor the OD Solenoid LED With the DRBIII actuate the OD Solenoid Did the OD Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator blink on and off during actuation Yes GoTo 5 No GoTo 6 If there are no possible causes remaining view re
116. symptom Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 174 TRANSMISSION RFE 0122 5 5 LOW Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII in Transmission Sensors read the TPS voltage Is the TPS voltage below 0 5 volts Yes GoTo 4 GoTo 6 Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII in Transmission Sensors record the TPS voltage While back probing the TCM harness connector measure the voltage of the TPS Signal circuit Compare the voltage readings between the and the reading from the digital multi meter Are the voltages within 0 1 volt of each other Yes Repair theTPS signal circuit between the TCM harness connector and the splice for high resistance Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 5 mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits Pay particular attention tothe point wheretheTPS signal and sensor ground circuits splice off from the engine circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair a
117. test and still sets Gear Ratio DTC s check the Speed Sensors for proper operation NOTE Remove the Starter Relay from the PDC This will prevent the vehicle from being started in gear Check the speed sensor wiring and connectors for good connection then perform a wiggle test using the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 and the Electronic Transmission Adapter kit 8333 1A This DTC can also be set under extreme temperature conditions this is usually caused by an internal problem Verify if the problem is only experienced under extreme hot or cold conditions With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Test Complete If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Repair internal transmission problem Check all of the compo nents related to the Reverse and L R clutches Inspect the Oil Pump per the Service Information and repair or replace as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 83 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom 740 CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL CIRCUIT When Monitored During Electronically Modulated Converter Clutch EMCC Operation Set Condition A Transmission must be in with inpu
118. the DRBIII check for other Transmission Is DTC P0944 present in addition to the DTC that you are diagnosing Yes Refer tosymptom list and perform test for P0944 Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 4 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0841 All NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less Yes GoTo 5 GoTo 12 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Remove the Starter Relay from the PDC NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a Transmission No Response condition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running With the Transmission Simulator turn the Pressure Switch selector switch to LR With the DRBIII monitor the LR Pressure Switch state while pressing the Pressure Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator Did the state of the UD Pressure Switch change while pressing the Pressure Switch Test button Yes GoTo 6 No GoTo 7 there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 264 TRANSMISSION RFE P0841 LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock
119. the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the TRS T2 Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the TRS T2 Sense circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 11 198 TRANSMISSION RFE 706 SHIFTER SIGNAL Continued APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the TRS T2 Sense circuit 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the TRS T2 Sense circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 12 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the TRS T2 Sense circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the TRS T2 Sense circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 22 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Transmissio
120. the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the F used B circuit and Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Using 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Transmission Relay output circuit in the Transmission Solenoid TRS harness connector NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 7 No Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for open If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the F used B circuit and Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit at the TCM harness connector 15 the voltage above 0 5 volts Yes Repair the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER
121. the ignition off to the lock position Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a TCM No Response condition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running With the Transmission Simulator turn the Pressure Switch selector switch to 2C With the DRBIII monitor the 2C Pressure Switch while pressing the Pressure Switch test button on the Transmission Simulator Did the state of the 2C Pressure Switch change while pressing the Pressure Switch Test button Yes GoTo 5 No GoTo 6 If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the 2C Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Is the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 2 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 7 274 TRANSMISSION RFE 846 2 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT Continued
122. the repair was successful and testing is complete 4 If the initial or another symptom exists the repair is not complete Check all technical service bulletins or flash updates and return to Symptoms if necessary 5 If this verification procedure is being performed after a DTC repair perform steps 6 through 13 6 Connect the DRBIII to the data link connector Using the DRBIII erase any diagnostic trouble codes and reset all values 7 If the PCM was not replaced skip steps 8 through 10 and continue with the verification 8 If the PCM was replaced the correct VIN and mileage must be programmed or a DTC will set in the ABS and Air Bag modules In addition if the vehicle is equipped with Sentry Key Immobilizer System SKIS Secret Key data must be updated to enable start 9 For ABS and Air Bag systems Enter correct VIN and Mileage in PCM Erase codes in ABS and Air Bag modules 10 For SKIM theft alarm Connect DRBIII to data link conn Goto Theft Alarm SKIM Misc and place SKIM in secured access mode by using the appropriate PIN code for this vehicle Select Update the Secret Key data Data will be transferred from SKIM to PCM 11 Road test the vehicle If the test is for an A C DTC ensure it is operating during the following test 12 Drive the vehide for at least 5 minutes at or around 64 40 mph Ensure the transmission shifts through all gears At some point stop the vehicle and turn off the engine for at least 10 se
123. the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 150 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P1776 SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII check for other Transmission DTCs Is the DTC P0841 present also Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 3 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P1776 NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less Yes GoTo 4 No GoTo 10 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All CAUTION Remove the Starter Relay This will prevent the vehicle from being started in gear Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 and the FWD Adapter Cable kit Miller tool 8333 1A Ignition on engine not running On the Transmission Simulator select L R on the Pressure Switch selector switch With the DRBIII monitor the L R Pressure Switch state while pressing the Pressure Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator Did the Pressure Switch state change from OPEN to CLOSED when the test button was pressed Yes Inspect the Solenoid Switch Valve in the Valve Body per the Service Information and repair or replace as necessary If no problems are found in Valve Body replace the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly per the Service In
124. the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 372 TRANSMISSION RFE P2706 MS SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII check for other transmission 5 Arethere any Transmission Control Relay related DTCs P0890 P0891 and or P0888 present Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P2706 NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter set at 0 Yes GoTo 4 No GoTo 11 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Remove the Starter Relay from the PDC NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a Transmission No Response condition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII actuate the MS Solenoid Monitor the MS Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator Did the LED on the Transmission Simulator blink on and off Yes GoTo 5 No GoTo 6 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST
125. the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the Backup Lights Supply circuit for a short to voltage Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST Test Complete Ignition on engine not running All Place the shift lever in a position that causes the Backup Lamps to come on when they should not Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector NOTE This will cause a DTC to be stored in the TCM They must be erased before returning the vehicle to the customer Did the Backup Lamps go out when the connector was disconnected Yes GoTo 3 No GoTo 4 376 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom BACKUP LAMPS INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES BACK UP LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN BACKUP LAMP FEED CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN BACKUP LAMP FEED CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND OPEN BACKUP LAMP BULB S TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR ACTION APPLICABILITY Ignition on engine not running Place foot firmly on brake pedal Place the shift lever in the reverse position Do either of the Backup Lamps work Yes Test Complete No GoTo 2 If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly per the Service Information Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST Remove both Backup Lamp bulbs Measure the resistance of both Backup Lamp bulbs Is the resistance above 5 0 ohms for either Backup Lamp bulbs Yes Replacet
126. times the code sets POSSIBLE CAUSES CONDITION P0992 PRESENT ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all 5 Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 135 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0992 2 00 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE The vehicle must be dr
127. trans mission control relay and taking power from the solenoid pack When this happens the only Trans mission mechanical functions are Park and Neutral Reverse Second Gear No upshifts or downshifts are possible The posi tion of the manual valve alone allows the three ranges that are available Although vehicle perfor mance is seriously degraded while in this mode it allows the owner to drive the vehicle in for service Once the DRBIII is in the EATX portion of the diagnostic program it constantly monitors the TCM to see if the system is in Limp in mode If the Transmission is in Limp in mode the 2 will flash the red LED 45 545R FE 45RFE 545RFE electronic transmission has a fully adaptive control system The system per forms its functions based on continuous real time sensor feedback information The control system automatically adapts to changes in engine perfor mance and friction element variations to provide consistent shift quality The control system ensures that dutch operation during upshifting and down shifting is more responsive without increased harshness The Transmission Control Module TCM contin uously checks for electrical problems mechanical problems and some hydraulic problems When a problem is sensed the TCM stores a diagnostic trouble code DTC Some of these codes cause the transmission to go into limp in or default mode The 45RFE 545RFE has three default modes
128. wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 37 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0562 LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII read the PCM DTC s Are there any Charging System related DTC s stored in the PCM Yes Refer to the Charging System category and repair any PCM Charging System DTC s first NOTE After repairing the PCM charging system perform the Transmission Verification test to verify the transmission was not damaged Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 NOTE Generator battery and charging system must be fully functional before performing this test With the DRBIII read Transmission With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0562 Note This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the Starts Since Set counter for P0562 set at 0 Yes GoTo 4
129. wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 conditions necessary to set this DTC not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 159 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P1797 MANUAL SHIFT OVERHEAT When Monitored and Set Condition P1797 MANUAL SHIFT OVERHEAT When Monitored Whenever engine is running and transmission is in the AutoStick mode Set Condition If the engine temperature exceeds 124 C or 255 F or the transmission temperature exceeds 135 or 275 F while in AutoStick mode Note Aggressive driving or driving in low for extended periods of time in AutoStick mode will set this DTC POSSIBLE CAUSES MANUAL SHIFT OVERHEAT ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low
130. 0 FAULT IMMEDIATELY AFTER SHIFT 2 154 P1793 TRD LINK COMMUNICATION 155 P1794 SPEED SENSOR GROUND 158 Pi7o7 MANUAL SHIFT OVERHEAT beaut 160 LAMPS COME ON WHILE SHIFTER IS REVERSE POSITION 162 BACKUP LAMPS INOPERAIIVE 220020 0u944 80 s 164 CHECKING PARK NEUTRAL SWITCH OPERATION 167 INGORREGT TRANSMISSION FLUID LEVEL 2825559 169 SPEEDOMETER OPERATION 552555558856 once aca es 170 TRANSMISSION NOISY WITH NO DTC S PRESENT 171 TRANSMISSION SHIFTS EARLY WITH 172 TRANSMISSION SIMULATOR 8333 WILL NOT POWER UP 173 TRANSMISSION RFE ued es 174 P0122 TPS APPFS LOW DIESEL 24 254 176 123 HIGH 55555559425 180 P0123 TPS APFS HIGH DIESEL ige eek a bere 182 PO124 TPS APPS INTERMITTENT 2524545 eae 186 P0124 TPS APPS INTERMITTENT DIESEL 210 2040 188 P0218 HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATION ACTIVATED 190 INTERNAL TOM
131. 0 PRESENT APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine DTC s Check and repair all engine prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 This DTC is set along with a gear ratio DTC Perform the appropriate test for the Gear Ratio DTC stored NOTE Check 1 trip failures if there are no Gear Ratio DTC s current If there no possible causes
132. 000 kPa 0 to 300 PSI Start the engine in park With the DRBIII monitor the Line Pressure Monitor the reading the Pressure Gage Miller tool C 3293 Compare the Line Pressure readings between the and the Pressure Gage 15 the Line Pressure Gauge reading within 34 kPa or 5 PSI of the DRBII reading Yes GoTo 7 No Replace the Line Pressure Sensor per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Remove and inspect the Transmission Oil Pan for excessive debris per the Service Information Remove and inspect the Primary Oil Filter per the Service Information NOTE Make sure the Primary Transmission Oil Filter and or O ring is not cracked or split Does the Oil Pan contain excessive debris and or is the Primary Oil Filter cracked or plugged Yes Repair the plugged cracked or split Primary Transmission Filter and or O ring If the Primary Transmission Oil Filter is plugged refer to the Service Information for the proper Hydraulic repair procedure Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 GoTo 8 If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Repair internal transmission problem the Service Informa tion Inspect the oil pump per the Service Information and replace if necessary If no problem is found replace the Transmission Solenoid TRS assembly Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATI
133. 1 GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector NOTE Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 295 TRANSMISSION RFE P0871 OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 10 Using the schematics as guide inspect the wiring connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module the Service Infor mation WITH THE 12 PERFORM Q
134. 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service nfor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 109 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P0846 2 4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition P0846 2 4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT When Monitored Whenever the engine is running Set Condition The appropriate DTC is set if one of the Pressure Switches are open or closed at the wrong time a given gear POSSIBLE CAUSES TRANSMISSION RELAY DTC S PRESENT TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN 2 4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN 2 4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND 2 4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE 2 4 PRESSURE SWITCH TRANSMI
135. 1 10 With the ignition switch on place the Transfer Case Shift Lever in each gear position stopping for 15 seconds in each position 11 Ensure no DTCs remain by performing steps 12 through 15 12 Road test the vehicle For some of the road test at least 64 km h 40 If this test is for an A C Relay Control Circuit drive the vehicle for at least 5 minutes with the A C on 13 At some point stop the vehicle and turn the engine off for at least 10 seconds then restart the engine and continue 14 U pon completion of the road test turn the engine off and check for DTCs with the DRB 111 15 If the repaired DTC has set again the repair is not complete Check for any pertinent Technical Service Bulletins TSBs and return to the Symptom List If there are no DTCs the repair was successful and is now complete Are any DTCs or symptoms remaining Yes Repair is not complete refer to appropriate symptom No Repair is complete TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICATION TEST APPLICABILITY 1 Inspect the vehicle to ensure that all engine and transmission components are properly All installed and connected Assemble and connect components as necessary 2 Check if the initial symptom still exists this may require a road test If the symptom still exists return to the symptom list and perform the appropriate symptom Make sure to check for any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply 3 With the DRBIII eras
136. 1 Immediate shutdown The TCM de energizes the transmission control relay This causes the transmission system to immediately default to third gear if shift lever is in the D position or 2nd gear if it is in the 2 positions Park Neutral and Reverse are still available Orderly Shutdown the TCM recognizes a problem that does not require an immediate shutdown the transmission will maintain the current gear and the transmission control relay will remain energized until de energizing it will not overspeed the engine When the vehicle speed reaches a reasonable level the de energizes the transmission control relay This causes the transmission system to immediately default to third gear if shift lever is in the position or 2nd gear if it is in the 2 or L positions Park Neutral and Reverse are still available L Logical Shutdown with Recovery The TCM does not de energize the Transmission Con trol Relay Instead the transmission will utilize 1st and 3rd gears while D and will use 2nd while 2 or All transmission operation this mode will be at a preset line pressure open loop The transmission will resume normal oper ation recover if the detected problem goes away Three recoveries are permitted in a given key after the fourth occurrence the operation de scribed above will be maintained the is the port
137. 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 TABLE CONTENTS INTRODUCTION aad Sew eee ee are 1 t1 SYSTEM COVERAGE an 1 12 SIX STEP TROUBLESHOOTING 1 IDENTIFICATION OF 5 5 eas ws 1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND FUNCTIONAL 1 2 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1 22 FUNCTIONAL OPERATION 2 3 21 TRANSMISSION OPERATION AND SHIFT SCHEDULING VARIOUS OIL 5 3 3 22 LINE PRESSURE CONTROL 45 545 3 323 DRIVE LEARN PROCEDURE 45 545 4 3 3 DIAGNOSTIC 555558 5 3 3 1 HARD CODE 6 322 gt 5555 6 6 doc INTERMITTENT COUR 4 Santis Hees vane 6 334 STARTS SINCE lt 55 2 5 55 565 6 3 3 5 TROUBLE CODE ERASURE hence sense 6 336 QUICK LEARN eres 6 3 3 7 CLUTCH VOLUMES 45 545RFE sic honk seed 7 328 EATX DTC
138. 2 SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN TRS T1 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND TRS T2 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND TRS T3 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND TRS T41 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND TRS T42 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND TRS T1 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE TRS T2 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE TRS T3 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE TRS T41 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE TRS T42 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS 195 TRANSMISSION RFE 706 SHIFTER SIGNAL Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but som
139. 2 or less Yes GoTo 4 No GoTo 11 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a TCM No Response condition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running With the Transmission Simulator turn the Pressure Switch selector switch to UD With the DRBIII monitor the UD Pressure Switch state while pressing the Pressure Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator Did the state of the UD Pressure Switch change while pressing the Pressure Switch Test button Yes GoTo 5 No GoTo 6 If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the UD Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the UD Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 7 304 TRANSMISSION RFE P0876 U
140. 2RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Test Complete 141 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P1687 NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE MIC When Monitored and Set Condition P1687 NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE MIC When Monitored Continuously with engine running Set Condition The code sets in approximately 25 seconds if no BUS messages are received from the MIC POSSIBLE CAUSES OTHER BUS PROBLEMS PRESENT INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS MIC NO COMMUNICATION TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P1687 All Note This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter set at 0 Yes GoTo 2 GoTo 5 With the DRBIII check all of the other modules on the vehicle for evidence of a vehicle bus problem Bus related in other modules point to an overall vehicle bus problem Other symptoms such as a customer complaint of intermittent operation of bus controlled features also indicate a bus problem Does the PRNDL display indicate No Bus or is there any evidence of an overall vehicle bus problem Yes Refer tothe Communications category and perform the appropri ate symptom Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 3 Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII clear all DTC s Start the engine in park With the DRBIII read the MIC the
141. 4 97 km h 40 60 MPH perform repeated 4 3 kickdown shifts 2 Repeat step 1 until the UD volume becomes somewhat stable and the shift becomes smooth temperature Procedure To Learn A Smooth 1 2 Upshift and 3 2 Kickdown Use the following steps to havethe TCM learn the 2C shift volume NOTE The transmission oil must be above 110 F 43 C 1 With a vehicle speed below 48 km h 30 MPH and the transmission in 3rd gear perform mul tiple 3 2 kickdowns 2 Repeat step 1 until the 3 2 kickdowns become smooth and the 2C CVI becomes stable temperature Procedure To Learn A Smooth Manual 2 1 Pulldown Shift As Well As A Neutral To Re verse Shift Use the following steps to havethe TCM learn the LR volume NOTE The transmission oil must be above 110 F 43 C 1 With the vehicle speed around 40 48 km h 25 30 MPH in Manual 2nd perform manual pull downs to Low or Ist gear at closed throttle 2 Repeat step 1 until the LR CVI becomes stable and the manual 2 1 becomes smooth temperature Procedure To Learn A Smooth Neutral To Re verse Shift Perform the following shifts GENERAL INFORMATION NOTE The transmission oil must be above 110 F 43 C 1 With the vehicle at a stop perform Neutral to Reverse shifts until the shift is smooth An unlearned Neutral to Reverse shift may be harsh or exhibit a double bump If any of the shifts are still not smooth after the clutch volume stabilizes an i
142. 5 Most set on start up but some must set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0888 Note This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter set at 0 Yes GoTo 3 GoTo 5 123 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0888 RE LAY OUTPUT ALWAYS OFF Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Fused B circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 4 No Repair the Fused B circuit for an open or high resistance If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean
143. 5RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 185 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom 124 5 5 INTERMITTENT When Monitored and Set Condition 0124 5 5 INTERMITTENT When Monitored Continuously with the ignition on and engine running Set Condition This DTC will set with a throttle angle between 6 and 120 6 with a 5 or higher change under 7 0 milliseconds POSSIBLE CAUSES ENGINE TPS 5 PRESENT THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
144. 8 20PK YL BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL 33 34 255 20WT DG ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR GROUND 35 K852 20VT WT ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY 36 37 38 V37 20RD LG SPEED CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL 39 K226 20DB WT FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL 40 K2 20TN BK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL 4 21 20BK RD INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL 42 Y101 18BK OR CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SHIELD 43 K24 20GY BK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL 2 44 45 46 47 L50 20WT TN PRIMARY BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL 48 K29 20WT PK SECONDARY BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 B22 20DG YL VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL 56 57 T10 20 YL DG A T TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE 58 59 60 K7 2009 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY 61 K51 20DB YL AUTO SHUT DOWN RELAY CONTROL 62 63 64 K151 20WT LOW IDLE POSITION SWITCH SENSE 65 66 67 68 69 C13 20DB OR A C CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL 70 71 72 236 20 GLOW PLUG RELAY 2 CONTROL 73 74 20TN CLUTCH SWITCH OVERRIDE RELAY CONTROL 75 K132 20DG LB CABIN HEATER RELAY CONTROL 76 77 152 20WT GLOW PLUG RELAY 1 CONTROL 78 79 80 46 200R BK FUEL PRESSURE SOLENOID CONTROL 81 K46 200R BK FUEL PRESSURE SOLENOID CONTROL 399 R 4 2 15 CONNECTOR PINOUTS BLACK 116 114 89 121 119 113 8290 98 106 CONTR
145. ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the 2C Pressure Switch Sense circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 2 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the 2C Pressure Switch Sense circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the2C Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circ
146. ARD code This means that the problem is there every time the TCM checks that system or compo nent Some codes will set immediately at start up and others will require a road test under specific conditions It must be determined if a code is repeatable Hard or intermittent before attempt ing diagnosis 3 3 2 ONE TRIP FAILURES A One Trip Failure when read from the TCM is a hard OBDII EURO III code that has not matured to the full 5 minutes This DTC can take up to five minutes of problem identification before illuminat ing the MIL 3 3 3 INTERMITTENT CODE A diagnostic trouble code that is not there every time the TCM checks the circuit or function is an intermittent code Some intermittent codes are caused by wiring or connector problems However intermittent Speed ratio codes are usually caused by intermittent hydraulic seal leakage the clutch and or accumulator circuits Intermittent speed ra tio codes can be set by intermittent speed sensor circuitry or by line noise being induced onto one or both of the speed sensor signal circuits Problems that come and go like this are the most difficult to diagnose they must be looked for under the specific conditions that cause them 3 3 4 STARTS SINCE SET COUNTER The Starts Since Set counter counts the number of times the vehicle has started since the most recent DTC was set The counter will count up to 255 starts Note that this counter only applies tothe last code s
147. C Solenoid Control circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the 4C Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 10 No Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open or high resistance Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 Using the schematics as guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service nfor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 261 TRANSMISSION RFE 770 4 SOLENOID
148. CABILITY Ignition on engine not running All Press the accelerator pedal all the way down to wide open throttle With the DRBIII in Transmission Sensors read the TPS APPS voltage Is the TPS APPS voltage above 4 94 volts Yes GoTo 3 No GoTo 11 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the APP Sensor harness connector Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII in Transmission Sensors read the TPS APPS voltage Is the voltage above 0 5 volts Yes GoTo 4 GoTo 5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the APP Sensor harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the APP Sensor Signal circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the APP Sensor Signal circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 10 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the APP Sensor harness connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the 5 volt Supply circuit 15 the voltage above 5 5 volts Yes GoTo 6 GoTo 7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the APP Sensor harness connector Disconnect the TCM harnes
149. CATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 7 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service I nfor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 53 TRANSMISSION 42RLE 0712 5 155 TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST
150. CUIT urii E E 94 P0765 UD SOLENOID CIRCUIT 98 0841 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT 102 P0845 2 4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST 106 P0846 2 4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT 110 P0870 OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST 114 P0871 OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT tae wows 118 P0884 POWER UP SPEED 122 P0888 RELAY OUTPUT ALWAYS cite dees 123 P0890 SWITCHED BATTERY 125 P0891 TRANSMISSION RELAY ALWAYS 127 P0897 WORN OUT BURNT TRANSAXLE 130 POS44 LOSS OF PRIME tcc citer meadows 132 P0992 2 4 OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE 135 P1652 SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK MALFUNCTION 137 P1684 BATTERY WAS DISCONNEGIED 54 cabo Seu 139 P1687 NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE 142 TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued P1694 BUS COMMUNICATION WITH ENGINE MODULE 144 P1775 SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION 146 P1776 SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION 150 P179
151. Control Relay connector in the PCM Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the TRS T3 Sense circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the TRS Sense circuit for a short to voltage Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 19 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TRS harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the TRS T41 Sense circuit from the TCM connector to the TRS connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the TRS T41 Sense circuit for an open Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 14 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TRS harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the TRS T41 Sense circuit in the TCM harness connector 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the TRS T41 Sense circuit for a short to ground Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 15 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TRS harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Contro
152. D 50 A13 10PK WT FUSED 4 40 10 1280 00 ABS FUSED B 5 30 A30 14RD WT A T FUSED B 5 30 A30 14RD WT A T FUSED B 6 30 AQ 14RD YL FUSED B 7 50 7 10RD BK FUSED B 40 2 12PK BK FUSED 9 50 A18 10 FUSED 10 30A A99 14RD VT FUSED 11 12 30A A32 1480 0 SECURITY A T FUSED 13 40 25 1208 FUSED 14 40A A1 12RD FUSED B 15 50A A12 10RD TN FUSED B 16 15A A71 18DG RD FUSED AUTO SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT 16 15A A71 18DG RD FUSED AUTO SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT 17 18 19 30A 4 12 FUSED 20 21 20 17 18RD BK FUSED 22 23 24 20 14 16RD WT FUSED R 24 20A 14 16RD WT FUSED B 25 20A A20 12RD DB ABS FUSED B 26 15 F142 1808 06 FUSED AUTO SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT 26 15 F142 1808 06 FUSED AUTO SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT N 27 28 15 F45 18YL BR FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT START U 28 15 F45 18YL BR FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT START T 6 TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY GAS A T CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 30 14RD WT FUSED 85 7142 18BK WT GROUND 86 K30 18PK TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL 87 16 14RD TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT 87A 408 CONNECTOR PINOUTS POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C1 2 4L
153. D CONTROL 2 4 SOLENOID CONTROL 4 72 Les lo o OD SOLENOID CONTROL 1 bec UD SOLENOID CONTROL gt L R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE 2 4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE 1 OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY FUSED POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE PCM THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL 5 VOLT SUPPLY SENSOR GROUND THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR FUSED B SPEED SENSOR GROUND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SENSOR GROUND TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE PCI BUS TORQUE MANAGEMENT PCI BUS REQUEST SENSE TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE SCI RECEIVE SGI TRANSMIT OD OFF INDICATOR OD SWITCH SENSE GROUND GROUND CASE GROUND TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT INPUT SPEED TO DATA LINK CONNECTOR DLC SENSOR SIGNAL OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR INPUT SPEED SENSOR BACKUP LAMPS 2 4 FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH BACKUP LAMP FEED SENSOR SIGNAL 1 SENSE SIGNAL C4 3 SENSE SIGNAL C3 T42 S
154. D PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the UD Pressure Switch Sense circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the UD Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the UD Pressure Switch Sense circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the UD Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire betwe
155. DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 245 TRANSMISSION RFE P0750 LR SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued APPLICABILITY The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 246 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom 755 2 SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition 0755 2 SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored Initially at power up then every 10 seconds thereafter It will also be tested immediately after a gear ratio or pressure switch error is detected Set Condition After three consecutive solenoid continuity tests failures After one failure if a test is run in response to a gear ratio or pressure switch error POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED RELAY 5 PRESENT TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN 2C SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN 2C SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND 2C SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE TRANSMISSION SOLENOID TRS ASSEMBLY TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTI
156. DTC s and or communication problems Although it takes two occurrences of a missed TRD link message to set the fault code one missed message will cause the transmission to short shift until the next start up If the vehicle has any indications of a bus problem it must be repaired first Do any of the other modules show signs of a bus problem Yes Refer to the appropriate category for the bus problem Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST GoTo 3 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to the Torque Management Request Sense circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits Were there any problems found Yes Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors and repair as necessary Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST No Test Complete 386 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom TRANSMISSION SHIFTS ROUGH AFTER TCM REPLACEMENT OR REFLASH POSSIBLE CAUSES TRANSMISSION SHIFTS ROUGH AFTER TCM REPLACEMENT OR REFLASH ACTION APPLICABILITY Perform this procedure if the transmission shifts rough after TCM was replaced or All Reflashed Does the transmission shift rough after a TCM replacement or Reflash Yes Perform Quick Learn and the Drive Learn Procedure Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST Test Complete 387 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom
157. Disconnect the Line Pressure Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the 5 volt Supply circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair 5 volt supply circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 17 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a Transmission No Response condition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running On the Transmission Simulator place the Pressure Switch selector switch to 4C With the DRBIII monitor the 4 Pressure Switch state during the following step Press the Pressure Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator while wiggling the wiring pertaining to the 4C Pressure Switch Did the 4C Pressure Switch state change to closed and remain closed while wiggling the wires Yes GoTo 11 GoTo 13 Remove and inspect Transmission Oil Pan per Service Information Does the Transmission Oil Pan contain excessive debris or contamination Yes Repair the cause of the excessive debris in the Transmission Pan Refer to the Service Information for the proper procedures Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 12 332 TRANSMISSION RF
158. E P0987 4C HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE Continued APPLICABILITY If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Repair Internal Transmission as necessary Disassemble and inspect the Valve Body and repair or replace as necessary If no problems are found in the Valve Body replace the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the 4C Pressure Switch Sense circuit between the TCM harness connector to the Solenoid TRS harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 14 Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 15 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Transmission Control Module harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure th
159. E Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between the Transfer Case Position Sensor Input circuit and the Sensor Return circuit in the PCM harness connector 15 the resistance between 55 ohms and 1 3k ohms Yes GoTo 7 No Replace the Transfer Case Position Sensor If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Information Perform the appropriate Powertrain verifi cation test The conditions to set this DTC are not present at this time Note Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions that set the DTC Pay particular attention to the DTC set conditions such as VSS MAP ECT and Load Note Visually inspect the related wiring harness Look for any chafed pierced pinched or partially broken wires Note Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors Look for broken bent pushed out or corroded terminals NOTE Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary No Test Complete 22 TRANSFER CASE MECHANICAL Symptom P0837 4WD MUX SWITCH PERFORMANCE When Monitored and Set Condition P0837 4WD MUX SWITCH PERFORMANCE When Monitored Continuously with the ignition on Set Condition The 4WD muxed switch input detected in an invalid range or irrational switch state POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED DTCS
160. ENSE SIGNAL C2 T41 SENSE SIGNAL C1 boo NDL 2 PSL boo PRNL PN 77 P N POSITION SWITCH SENSE T41 TO STARTER RELAY 417 GEARS LISTED CLOSE SWITCH TRS 1 SENSE C4 TRS T3 SENSE C3 TRS T42 SENSE C2 TRS T41 SENSE C1 P N POSITION SWITCH SENSE _ TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR TRS OUTPUT RUN TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR T41 80f48fc5 S H E M R 5 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 45 545 45RFE 545 TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT START RUN OFF IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT START OVERDRIVE OFF SWITCH SENSE FUSED B lt FUSED B GROUND TRANSMISSION RELAY CONTROL GROUND TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY GROUND GROUND TRANSMISSION SOLENOID TRS LINE PRESSURE ASSEMBLY SENSOR SIGNAL TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT 5 VOLT SUPPLY TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT SCI TRANSMIT MS SOLENOID CONTROL 477 P N POSITION SWITCH SENSE 41 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR BACKUP LAMP FEED SPEED SEN BACKUP LAMPS L R SOLENOID CONTROL 4C SOLENOID CONTROL UD SOLENOID CONTROL OD SOLENOID CONTROL TRS T2 SENSE C5 TRS 1 SENSE C4 P
161. ER 1 112 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0846 2 4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBII1 check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 113 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom 870 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition P0870 OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE When Monitored In any forward gear with engine speed above 1000 RPM shortly after a shift and every minute thereafter Set Condition After a shift into a forward gear with engine speed gt 1000 RPM the TCM momentarily turns on element pressure to the clutch ckts that don t have pressure to identify the correct pressure sw closes If the pressure sw does not close 2 times the code sets POSSIBLE CAUSES LOSS OF PRIME DTC P0944 PRESENT RELATED 5 PRESENT INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE INTERNA
162. ET counter for P0890 set at 0 Yes GoTo 3 GoTo 5 125 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0890 SWITCHED BATTERY Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the 2 4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the2 4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the L R Pressure Switch Sense circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the L R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage
163. F Set Condition When the UD Clutch Volume falls below 11 POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERNAL TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine 5 Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 With the DRBIII erase 5 NOTE The TRANS TEMP DEG must be at least 43
164. IBUTION CENTER DIESEL AUTO GLOW 86 86 PLUG SHUT RELAY DOWN J BELAY 87 30 187 2 peri 85 85 87 86 85 86 96 SPARE RELAY e CLUTCH COMPRESSOR LILOn 2 SWITCH CLUTCH gt 6 87A 85 uy OVERRIDE RELAY 2 RELAY 2 86 4 BLOWER 1 539 539 RELAY oS A 5 85 STARTER 2 WIPER re MOTOR amp Tas 9 HIGH LOW N 7 C RELAY Salli RELAY N o gt 87 4387 gy FUEL WIPER HEATER 6 07A 55 85 aea T RELAY e RELAY re i 1 R _ w wm 1 mw F7 Fit F15 50 50 0 F3 6 F10 5 50 30 30 F9 50 40A 405
165. ILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 Engine Running Shift lever in park With the DRBIII read the Transmission Input and Output Speed Sensor RPM 15 the Output Speed Sensor reading twice the Input Speed Sensor reading Yes GoTo 3 GoTo 8 359 TRANSMI
166. IRED TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT 11 GLOSSARY TERMS c erered dai neon 11 6 1 ACRONYMS Hodes 11 62 DEFINITIONS 555 5 5 60 eS Go Seen Kesey SS end 12 DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES 13 TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued COMMUNICATION RESPONSE FROM PCI BUS DIESEL 14 NO RESPONSE FROM PCI BUS a 15 RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE 17 TRANSFER CASE MECHANICAL P0836 4WD MUX SWITCH STUCK 2202504806008 9 14404696 see eheeeones 20 P0837 4WD MUX SWITCH 23 P0838 4WD MODE SENSOR LOW diid ee ede heen ee 25 P0839 4WD MODE SENSOR HIGH 27 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0122 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR APPS LOW 29 P0123 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR APPS 31 P0124 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR APPS 33 P0218 HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATION ACTIVATED 35 P0562 LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE 54440854 eee 37 P0604 INTERNAL TOM
167. ISSION SOLENOID TRS ASSEMBLY 2C PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN POOR LINE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTION TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN 2C PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND 2C PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE EXCESSIVE DEBRIS IN OIL PAN LINE PRESSURE SENSOR INTERNAL TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS 267 TRANSMISSION RFE P0845 2C HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the ve
168. ITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION When Monitored and Set Condition P1776 SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION When Monitored Continuously when doing partial or full EMCC PEMCC or FEMCC Set Condition Ifthe transmission senses the L R Pressure Switch closing while perform ing PEMCC or FEMCC This DTC will set after two unsuccessful attempts to perform PEMCC or FEMCC and can take up to five minutes of problem identification before illuminating the MIL POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED DTC P0841 PRESENT LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE INTERNAL TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine DTC s Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all 5 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessa
169. Information If no problem is found replace the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly for a stuck Pressure Control Solenoid Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Where there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 319 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P0934 LINE PRESSURE SENSOR LOW When Monitored and Set Condition P0934 LINE PRESSURE SENSOR LOW When Monitored Continuously with engine running and Output Speed greater than 390 Set Condition This DTC will set when the Line Pressure Sensor output is less than 0 35 volts for 1 4 seconds POSSIBLE CAUSES 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND LINE PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND LINE PRESSURE SENSOR TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always
170. L When Monitored Continuously with engine running Set Condition TheDTC will set when the Transmission Control Module TCM senses a engine RPM less than 400 with the enginerunning for at least 2 seconds RPM information is transferred over the communication bus from the ECM This DTC can take up to five minutes of problem identification before illuminating the MIL POSSIBLE CAUSES ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED GROUND ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter All NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET set at 0 Yes GoTo 2 GoTo 7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the ECM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the Engine Speed Signal circuit from the TCM harness connector to the ECM harness connector Is the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Engine Speed Signal Circuit circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 224 TRANSMISSION RFE 725 SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT DIESEL Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harne
171. L MODULE FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN ST CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT START CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT START CIRCUIT SHORT FUSED B CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT S OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE ACTION APPLICABILITY Ignition on engine not running All Note As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB answer the question With the DRB attempt to communicate with the Airbag Control Module ACM With the DRB attempt to communicate with the Instrument Cluster Was the DRB able to I D or establish communications with either of the modules Yes GoTo 2 Refer to the Body Communication category and perform the symptom PCI Bus Communication Failure Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Ignition on engine not running Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run St circuit NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 3 No Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run St circuit for open Refer to the wiring diagrams location in the Service nfor mation Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 COMMUNICATION NO RESPONSE FROM
172. L TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE 114 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0870 OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine 5 Check and repair all engine prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom P
173. LE CAUSES RELATED DTC P0841 PRESENT L R PRESSURE SWITCH TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN L R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN L R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND L R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to
174. LICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 60 TRANSMISSION 42RLE 715 1 SPEED SENSOR ERROR Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Start the engine in park With the DRBIII read the Input RPM Is the Input RPM reading below 400 RPM Yes G
175. LICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay NOTE Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 17 No Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for open the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE 12 PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors
176. LS With the DRBIII monitor the Output Speed Sensor RPM 15 the Output Speed Sensor RPM below 100 RPM Yes GoTo 3 No GoTo 12 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a Transmission No Response condition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running With the Transmission Simulator set the Input Output Speed switch to the rotary switch to the 3000 1000 position With the DRBIII read the Input and Output Speed Sensor readings Does the Input Speed read 3000 RPM and the Output Speed read 1000 RPM 50 RPM Yes GoTo 4 No GoTo 5 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Output Speed Sensor per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Output Speed Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Output Speed Sensor harness connector Is the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 6
177. MBLY 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION DIESEL TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE TCM IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN START IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT START OVERDRIVE SWITCH SENSE VEHICLE SPEED OUTPUT FUSED TRANSMISSION CONTROL SCI TRANSMIT RELAY CONTROL SCI RECEIVE TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT POI BUS TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT Loo ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL 1133333 TAAL TT CEELELELET P N POSITION SWITCH SENSE 41 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR BACKUP LAMP FEED MS SOLENOID CONTROL 2 2 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID CONTROL TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE Lo o L R SOLENOID CONTROL Le o 2 SOLENOID CONTROL Lo SOLENOID CONTROL Hooe UD SOLENOID CONTROL OD SOLENOID CONTROL S77 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL 2C PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE 4C PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE 5 VOLT SUPPLY UD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE LINE PRESSURE T2 SENSE C5 SENSOR SIGNAL 1 SENSE C4 GROUND T3 SENSE GROUND T42 SENSE C2 GROUND GROUND T41 SENSE C1 CASE GROUND MOUNTING BRACKET TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL SPEED SENSOR GROUND OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL BACKUP LAMPS QO STARTER RELAY
178. MISSION RFE Symptom P0987 4C HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition P0987 4C HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE When Monitored In any forward gear with engine speed above 1000 RPM shortly after a shift and every minute thereafter Set Condition After a shift into a forward gear with engine speed gt 1000 RPM the TCM momentarily turns on element pressure to the clutch circuits that don t have pressure to identify the correct pressure switch closes f the pressure switch does not close 2 times the DTC sets POSSIBLE CAUSES LINE PRESSURE DTC S PRESENT POOR LINE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTION 4C PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN 4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND 4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE EXCESSIVE DEBRIS IN OIL PAN LINE PRESSURE SENSOR TRANSMISSION SOLENOID TRS ASSEMBLY INTERNAL TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS 329 TRANSMISSION RFE P0987 4C HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms Wit
179. MISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine DTC s Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for P0706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all 5 Most DTC s set start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 With the DRBIII check Engine 5 Are there any Engine TPS related DTCs present Yes Refer to the Powertrain category and perform the appropriate
180. MODULE CI 3 7L R E 2 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE 1 3 7L CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 K93 14TN OR COIL ON PLUG DRIVER NO 3 2 Ft 1808 FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN START 14TN LG COIL ON PLUG DRIVER NO 4 4 18BK LB SENSOR GROUND 5 K96 14TN LB COIL ON PLUG DRIVER NO 6 6 141 18BK WT A T PARK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH SENSE 7 K91 14TN RD COIL ON PLUG DRIVER NO 1 K24 18GY BK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL 9 10 18YL BK IDLE AIR CONTROL NO 2 DRIVER 11 K40 18BR WT IDLE AIR CONTROL NO 1 DRIVER 12 K10 18DB OR POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE 13 F45 18YL BR A T FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT START 13 T141 18YL RD CLUTCH INTERLOCK RELAY OUTPUT 14 K77 18BR WT TRANSFER CASE POSITION SENSOR INPUT 15 K21 18BK RD INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL 16 K2 18TN BK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL 17 K7 180R 5 VOLT SUPPLY 18 18TN YL CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL 19 K39 18GY RD IDLE AIR CONTROL NO 3 DRIVER 20 K59 18VT BK IDLE AIR CONTROL NO 4 DRIVER 21 K95 14TN DG COIL ON PLUG DRIVER NO 5 22 A14 16RD WT FUSED B 23 K22 180R DB THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL 24 K41 18BK DG OXYGEN SENSOR 1 1 SIGNAL 25 K141 18TN WT OXYGEN SENSOR 1 2 SIGNAL 26 K241 18LG
181. Monitored During Electronically Modulated Converter Clutch EMCC Operation Set Condition Transmission must be with input speed gt than 1750 RPM TCC L R Solenoid achieves the maximum duty cycle and can not pull engine speed within 60 RPM of input speed Also when the transmission isin FEMCC and the engine slips TCC gt than 100 RPM for 10 seconds This DTC can take up to five minutes of problem identification before illuminating the MIL POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED DTC P0750 PRESENT INTERNAL TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION SOLENOID TRS ASSEMBLY INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine DTC s Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC
182. N 42RLE 706 SHIFTER SIGNAL Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All CAUTION Remove the Starter Relay from the PDC This will prevent the vehicle from being started in gear Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 and the Electronic Transmis sion Adapter kit 8333 1A Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII perform the Shift Lever Position Test When the DRBIII instructs you to put the Gear Selector in a particular position you must do so using the Transmission Simulator The LED for the gear position in question must be illuminated prior to hitting enter on the DRBIII Did the test pass Yes GoTo 5 GoTo 6 NOTE Disconnect the Transmission Simulator and reconnect all the har ness connectors If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Range Sensor per the Service nforma tion Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII in Inputs Outputs read the TRS Sense circuits C1 thru C4 Move the shift lever thru all gear positions pausing momentarily in each gear position Watch for one of the circuits to not change state Pick the one that did not change state TRS T1 sense C4 GoTo 7 TRS T3 sense C3 GoTo 10 TRS 41 sense C1 GoTo 13 TRS T42 sense C2 GoTo 16 Turn the ignition off to the lock p
183. N TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 216 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom 720 SPEED SENSOR ERROR When Monitored and Set Condition P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR When Monitored The transmission gear ratio is monitored continuously while the transmission is in gear Set Condition If thereis an excessive change in output RPM any gear This DTC can take up to five minutes of problem identification before illuminating the MIL POSSIBLE CAUSES OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the f
184. N SWITCH OUTPUT RUN ACC 33 10 NTERNAL FUSED B 34 15 NTERNAL FUSED B 35 SPARE 36 10A NTERNAL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN START 37 10 F23 18DB YL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN 38 10A NTERNAL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN 39 10A NTERNAL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN LEFT TAIL STOP LAMP CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 138 18BR WT EXPORT REAR FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT 3 1 2 177 18BK YL FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT 4 150 18WT TN BRAKE LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT 4 110 18BR LG BACK UP LAMP FEED LEFT TAIL 5 7151 18BK WT GROUND STOP LAMP 6 163 18DG RD LEFT TURN SIGNAL 403 R 4 2 CONNECTOR PINOUTS LINE PRESSURE SENSOR 45RFE 2 CIRCUIT FUNCTION 4 7112 18BK LB GAS GROUND 2112 14BK DIESEL GROUND 2 739 18GY LB 5 VOLT SUPPLY LINE 18VT TN LINE PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL PRESSURE 4 SENSOR 45RFE BLACK 1 2 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR A T CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 18 0 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL OUTPUT 2 T13 18DB BK SPEED SENSOR GROUND SPEED N SENSOR A T E R OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION U 1 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR GROUND T 2 BK RD OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL 5 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR 404 CONNECTOR PINOUTS POWER DISTR
185. N VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 22 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the TRS T41 Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the TRS T41 Sense circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 17 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the TRS T41 Sense circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the TRS T41 Sense circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 18 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the TRS T41 Sense circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the TRS T41 Sense circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 22 200 TRA
186. NECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine 5 Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 221 TRANSMISSION RFE 725 SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII check Engine 5 Are the DTCs P0320
187. NSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Remove the Transmission Control Relay Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage at the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector 15 the voltage above 0 5 volts Yes Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 5 315 TRANSMISSION RFE P0891 TRANSMISSION RELAY ALWAYS ON Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBII1 check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 316 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P0932 LINE PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FAULT When Monitored and Set Condition P0932 LINE PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FAULT When Monitored Continuously while driving in a forward gear Set Condition The PCM comtinously monitors Actual Line Pressure and compares it to Desired Line Pressure If theActual Line Pressure reading is more than 172 4 kPa 25 psi higher than t
188. NSMISSION RFE 706 SHIFTER SIGNAL Continued APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the TRS T42 Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the TRS T42 Sense circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 20 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the TRS 42 Sense circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the TRS T42 Sense circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 21 Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the TRS T42 Sense circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the TRS T42 Sense circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 22 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no
189. ODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine 5 Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 314 TRANSMISSION RFE P0891 TRANSMISSION RELAY ALWAYS ON Continued APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter NOTE Thi
190. OL MODULE C2 DIESEL R 4 2 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A T ENGINE CONTROL MODULE C2 DIESEL CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 100 101 C18 20DB A C HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 T411 18WT PK A T TRS T41 SENSE P N 113 114 115 14 2 5mmLB BR FUEL INJECTOR NO 4 CONTROL 116 K63 2 5mmDB BK COMMON INJECTOR DRIVER 117 118 119 K11 2 5mmWT DB 12 2 5 FUEL INJECTOR NO 1 CONTROL FUEL INJECTOR NO 2 CONTROL 120 K13 2 5mm YL WT FUEL INJECTOR NO 3 CONTROL 121 82 D21 20PK SCI TRANSMIT 83 K244 20BR WT A T ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL 84 85 86 87 88 89 K35 20GY YL EGR SOLENOID CONTROL 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A T CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 52 18RD BK INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL T13 18DB BK SPEED SENSOR GROUND 400 CONNECTOR PINOUTS INPUT SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 VT BK INPUT SPEED SENSOR GROUND 2 BK RD INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL INPUT SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR R 4 2 401 CONNECTOR PINOUTS DAYTIME RUNNING LAMP RELAY
191. ON TEST VER 1 279 TRANSMISSION RFE PO868 LINE PRESSURE LOW Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Line Pressure Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the 5 volt Supply circuit from the Line Pressure Sensor harness connector to the TCM harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 5 volt Supply circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 10 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Line Pressure Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the 5 volt Supply circuit 15 the resistance Below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 5 volt Supply circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 11 15 the voltage above 5 5 volts Yes Repair the 5 volt Supply circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 12 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connec
192. ON APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all 5 Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 247 TRANSMISSION RFE 0755 2 SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII check for other Transmission Are there any Transmission Control Relay related DTC s P0890 P0891
193. OPEN TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN UD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND UD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND UD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE EXCESSIVE DEBRIS IN OIL PAN LINE PRESSURE SENSOR INTERNAL TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION SOLENOID TRS ASSEMBLY TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS 297 TRANSMISSION RFE P0875 UD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE Continued APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine DTC s Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NO
194. OR SIGNAL 13 T13 18DB BK SPEED SENSOR GROUND 14 T14 18LG WT OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL 15 K30 18PK TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL 16 116 14RD TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT 17 716 1480 TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT 18 7591 18YL DB EXCEPT 42RLE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID CONTROL 19 119 18WT DB 2C SOLENOID CONTROL 20 1720 18LB LOW REVERSE SOLENOID CONTROL 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 B22 20DG YL DIESEL VEHICLE SPEED OUTPUT 29 T29 18GY EXCEPT 42RLE UNDERDRIVE PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE 30 T38 18VT TN EXCEPT 42RLE LINE PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL 31 32 33 34 35 26 716 14RD EXCEPT 42RLE TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT 37 7113 14BK YL EXCEPT 42RLE GROUND 38 39 18GY LB EXCEPT 42RLE ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY 39 7113 14BK YL EXCEPT 42RLE GROUND 40 7140 18VT LG EXCEPT 42RLE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID CONTROL 41 T411 18WT PK TRS T41 SENSE P N 42 T42 18VT WT TRS T42 SENSE 43 D25 18VT YL PCI BUS 43 1025 20VT YL PCI BUS 44 45 46 D20 18LG SCI RECEIVE 47 147 18LB EXCEPT 42RLE 2C PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE 47 47 18DB 42RLE 48 48 1808 4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE 49 6 18OR WT OVERDRIVE OFF SWITCH SENSE 50 50 18DG LOW REVERSE PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE 51 K4 18BK LB 3 7L SENSOR GROUND 52 52 18RD BK INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL 53 7112 14BK LB 3 7L GROUND 53 7112 14BK DIESEL GROUND 54 54 18VT TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL 55 59 18PK EXCEPT 42RLE UNDE
195. P1391 and or P1398 present Yes Refer to the Driveability category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 Start the engine Allow the engine to idle With the DRBIII under Engine Sensors read and record Engine RPM With the DRBIII under Transmission in Sensors read and record Engine RPM Compare the two readings Are the two readings within 50 RPM of each other No GoTo 4 Yes GoTo 7 Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the CKP Sensor harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the Sensor Ground circuit between the Sensor and the TCM harness connector 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 6 No Repair the Sensor Ground circuit for an open Pay special atten tion at the location of the Sensor Ground splice to the Transmis sion Control Module Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the CKP harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the CKP Sensor Signal circuit between the CKP harness connector and the TCM harness connector Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes
196. PO711 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE Continued APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII check Transmission All Are there any other Transmission Temperature Sensor related DTCs present Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 3 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0711 NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less Yes GoTo 4 No GoTo 7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove Starter Relay can cause a Transmission No Response condition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 and the Electronic Transmis sion Adapter kit 8333 1A Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running With the Transmission Simulator turn the Input Output switch to OFF With the DRBIII monitor the TRANS TEMP VOLTS while turning the Thermistor Voltage switch to all three positions on the Transmission Simulator Compare the DRBIII readings with the numbers listed on the Transmission Simulator Do the readings on the Transmission Simulator match the DRBIII readings 0 2 volts Yes GoTo 5 GoTo 6 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly per the Ser
197. PRESENT TRANSFER CASE SHIFTER OUT OF ADJ USTMENT TRANSFER CASE POSITION SENSOR OUT OF TOLERANCE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII read DTCs All Are any other Transfer Case DTCs present Yes Repair all other Transfer Case DTCs before proceeding No GoTo 2 Verify proper Transfer Case Shifter adjustment per the Service Information 15 the Transfer Case Shifter adjusted correctly Yes GoTo 3 No Adjust the Transfer Case shifter linkage per the Service Informa tion Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the PCM harness connector s CAUTION IF EQUIPPED WITH NGC CONTROLLER DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNEC TORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMINALS RESULTING IN POOR TER MINAL TO PIN CONNECTION INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL 8815 PERFORM DIAGNOSIS Measure the resistance across the Transfer Case Position Sensor signal circuit and Sensor Ground circuit at the PCM harness connector Place the transfer case in each of the following positions 2H resistance should be between 1124 and 1243 ohms 4H resistance should be between 650 and 719 ohms N resistance should be between 389 and 431 ohms AL resistance should be between 199 and 221 ohms Were all resistance values in each transfer case position within the specified range Yes GoTo 4 No Replace the Transfer Case Position Sensor 23 TRANSFER CASE
198. Pressure Switch Sense circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the 2 4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 10 No Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open or high resistance If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service nfor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST V
199. RDRIVE SOLENOID CONTROL 56 A30 14RD WT FUSED B 57 7113 14BK YL GROUND 58 59 159 18DGIWT EXCEPT 4C SOLENOID CONTROL 42RLE 59 59 18PK 42RLE 60 60 18BR OVERDRIVE SOLENOID CONTROL 414 5 1 10 5 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR 42RLE TRANSMISSION SOLENOID PRESSURE SWITCH ASSEMBLY 4281 GRAY lalalal 88216 2 DOE D Bop TRANSMISSION SOLENOID TRS ASSEMBLY A T EXCEPT 42RLE CONNECTOR PINOUTS TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR 42RLE CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 F15 18DB WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN 2 3 13 18DB BK SPEED SENSOR GROUND 4 T54 18VT TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL 5 T41 18BK WT PARK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH SENSE 6 L1 18 BACK UP LAMP FEED 7 T1 18LG BK TRS T1 SENSE 8 18VT TRS T3 SENSE 9 T42 18VT WT TRS 742 SENSE 10 7411 18WT PK PARK NEUTRAL SWITCH SIGNAL TRANSMISSION SOLENOID PRESSURE SWITCH ASSEMBLY 42RLE CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 60 18BR OVERDRIVE SOLENOID CONTROL 2 T59 18PK UNDERDRIVE SOLENOID CONTROL 3 716 14RD TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT 4 719 18YL DB 2 4 SOLENOID CONTROL 5 T47 18DB 2 4 P
200. RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN 4C SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN 4C SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND 4C SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE TRANSMISSION SOLENOID TRS ASSEMBLY TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all 5 Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagn
201. RESENT ACTION APPLICABILITY Check for a TCM flash update or TSB to address this issue All Perform the drive learn procedure for the LR clutch element NOTE Some bump while coasting in neutral is normal Perform the above procedures to reduce excessive bump in neutral Repair Test Complete 380 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom CHECKING PARK NEUTRAL SWITCH OPERATION POSSIBLE CAUSES PARK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN PARK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY Ignition on engine not running All With the DRBIII monitor the P N Position Switch Input status Move the gear selector through all gear positions Park to 1st and back to Park Did the DRB display P N and D R in the correct gear positions Yes GoTo 2 GoTo 3 The condition is not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST No Test Complete Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the PCM harness connector Disconnect the PNP Switch harness connector Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the PNP Switch Sense circuit between
202. RESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID CONTROL CASE GROUND ON MOUNTING BRACKET 2C SOLENOID CONTROL PCI BUS SIGNAL VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL L R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE 2C PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE 4C PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE UD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE SENSOR GROUND THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL TRS T3 SENSE C3 TRS T42 SENSE C2 TRS T41 SENSE C1 TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL SOR GROUND INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL 4 00 FUSED IGNITION SWITCH QUTPUT RUN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT START 4 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR LINE PRESSURE SENSOR TO DATA LINK CONNECTOR DLC TO DATA LINK CONNECTOR DLC POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE PCM VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL SENSOR GROUND 5 VOLT SUPPLY THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE P N POSITION SWITCH SENSE T41 INPUT SPEED SENSOR OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR 5 H E M R 5 418 80b38d5e SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS DIESEL FUSED TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY TRANSMISSION SOLENOID TRS ASSE
203. RESSURE SWITCH SENSE 6 9 18 OVERDRIVE PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE 7 20 18LB LOW REVERSE SOLENOID CONTROL 8 9 10 150 1806 LOW REVERSE PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE TRANSMISSION SOLENOID TRS ASSEMBLY A T EXCEPT 42RLE CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 F15 18DB WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN 2 20 18LB LOW REVERSE SOLENOID CONTROL 3 T41 18BK WT PARK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH SENSE 4 T411 18WT PK TRS 141 SENSE P N 5 T42 18VT WT TRS 742 SENSE 6 L10 18BR LG BACK UP LAMP FEED 7 60 18BR OVERDRIVE SOLENOID CONTROL 8 18VT TRS T3 SENSE 9 T1 18LG BK TRS 1 SENSE 10 1716 14RD TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT 11 48 18DB 4C PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE 12 591 18YL DB PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID CONTROL 13 T4 18PK OR TRS T2 SENSE 14 50 1806 LOW REVERSE PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE 15 7147 18LB 2C PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE 16 79 18 OVERDRIVE PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE 17 T59 18PK UNDERDRIVE SOLENOID CONTROL 18 729 18GY UNDERDRIVE PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE 19 7159 18DG WT 4C SOLENOID CONTROL 20 7119 18WT DB 2C SOLENOID CONTROL 21 7140 18VT LG PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID CONTROL 22 113 18DB BK SPEED SENSOR GROUND 23 54 18VT TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL 415 R 4 2 NOTES 416 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10 0 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 42RLE TRANSMISSION SOLENOID PRESSURE SWITCH ASSEMBLY 42RLE TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE TCM UR SOLENOI
204. RIFICATION TEST VER 1 Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII select the following screens in order BODY MIC MONITOR DISPLAY BUS ENGINE INFO Does the 2 read NO RESPONSE from any of the listed PCM monitors Yes Refer to Communication Category for the related symptoms Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 4 137 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P1652 SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK MALFUNCTION Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Using the schematics as guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as All necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 138 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P1684 BATTERY WAS DISCONNECTED When Monitored and S
205. ROUND PEDAL 7 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL POSITION 8 K255 20WT DG ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR GROUND SENSOR 9 DIESEL 10 K852 20VT WT ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY BLACK J 1 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR 2 4L CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 K24 18GY BK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL 2 18BK LB SENSOR GROUND CRANKSHAFT K7 1808 5 VOLT SUPPLY POSITION SENSOR 2 41 BLACK 1 3 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR 3 7L CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 K24 18GY BK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL CRANKSHAFT 2 18BK LB SENSOR GROUND POSITION K7 180R 5 VOLT SUPPLY SENSOR 3 7L CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR DIESEL CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 K24 20GY BK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL 2 CRANKSHAFT 2 K3 20LB BK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL 1 POSITION Y101 18BK OR CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SHIELD SENSOR DIESEL 397 R 4 2 CONNECTOR PINOUTS CONNECTOR R le 2 DATA LINK CONNECTOR CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 2 D25 18YL VT PCI BUS 3 4 Z252 18BK GY GROUND 5 Z252 18BK GY GROUND 6 D32 20LG DG GAS SCI RECEIVE 6 D32 20LG DG GAS SCI RECEIVE 7 D21 20PK RD SCI TRANSMIT 8 D24 18WT DG FLASH ABS 9 D19 20VT OR BODY CONTROL MODULE FLASH ENABLE 10 11 12 13 14 020 2016 5
206. Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the LR Solenoid Control circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the LR Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay NOTE Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 10 No Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open or high resistance Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 Using the schematics as guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE
207. Response condition Check the speed sensor wiring and connectors for good connection then perform a wiggle test using the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 Gear ratio DTC s can also be set under extreme temperature conditions this is 230 TRANSMISSION RFE 0732 RATIO ERROR IN 2ND Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Repair internal transmission as necessary If any line pressure DTCs are present All along with this DTC make sure to inspect the Transmission Oil Pump and Pressure Control Solenoid per the Service Information If DTC s P0846 and or P0845 are also present replace the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly in addition to internal repairs If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Repair internal transmission per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 231 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P0O733 GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 3RD When Monitored and Set Condition P0733 GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 3RD When Monitored The transmission gear ratio is monitored continuously while the transmission is in gear Set Condition If the ratio of the Input RPM to the Output RPM does not match the current gear ratio This DTC can take up to five minutes of problem identification before illuminating the MIL POSSIBLE CAUSES PRESSURE SWITCH DTC S PRESENT RELATED 5 PRESENT INTERNAL TRANSMISSION INTERMITTENT GEAR RATIO ERRORS ACTION
208. SENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN TO TCM TPS SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN TO TCM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all 5 and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 With the DRBIII check Engine 5 Are there any Engine TPS related DTCs pres
209. SION RFE P0870 OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 14 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 15 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the
210. SMISSION RFE P0845 2C HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE Continued APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 17 No Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for open If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module the Service nfor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a
211. SSION RFE P1794 SPEED SENSOR GROUND ERROR Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a Transmission No Response condition Install Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running With the Transmission Simulator set the Input Output Speed selector switch to the 3000 1000 position Turn the Input Output Speed switch to ON With the DRBIII monitor the Input and Output Speed Sensor RPM Does the Input Speed read 3000 RPM and the Output Speed read 1000 RPM 50 RPM Yes GoTo 8 No GoTo 4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Input and Output Speed Sensor harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly Input and Output Speed Sensor harness connectors 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms on any of the above measurements Yes Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Tran
212. SSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 110 TRANSMISSION 42RLE 846 2 4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC
213. SSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 4 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0845 NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less Yes GoTo 5 No GoTo 12 With the DRBIII check for other Transmission DTCs All Is the DTC P0944 present also Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate 107 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0845 2 4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE Continued APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position CAUTION Remove the Starter Relay from the PDC This will prevent the vehicle from being started in gear Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 and the Electronic Transmis sion Adapter kit 8333 1 Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running With the Transmission Simulator select 2 4 the Pressure Switch rotary switch With the DRBII1I monitor the 2 4 Pressure Switch state while pressing the Pressure Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator Wiggle the wiring leading to the TCM while pressing the button Did the 2 4 Pressure Switch state change to closed and remain closed while wiggling the wires Yes GoTo 6 GoTo 7 If there no possible causes remaining view repair All Repair Disassemble and inspect the Valve Body per the Service nforma tion and repair or replace as neces
214. SSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND O D PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE O D PRESSURE SWITCH TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 118 TRANSMISSION 42RLE
215. ST VER 1 NOTE The TRANS TEMP DEG must be at least 43 or 110 F before performing the following steps Perform eight learnable starts A learnable start is defined as follows Start engine From a standstill accelerate lightly to 80 km h or 50 MPH then brake lightly to a stop Turn off engine With the DRBIII record the CL VOL INDEX CVI for all clutches With the DRBIII perform a BATTERY DISCONNECT With the DRBII1 read the CVI s and compare them to the readings recorded before the BATTERY DISCONNECT Are any of the CVI s less than 5 or different than before the BATTERY DISCON NECT Yes GoTo 5 No Test Complete Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 363 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P2701 INADEQUATE ELEMENT VOLUME 2 When Monitored and Set Condition P2701 INADEQUATE ELEMENT VOLUME 2 When Monitored Whenever the engine is running The 2C Clutch Volume is updated during a 3 2 kickdown with a throttle angle between 10 and 54 Transmission temper ature must be at least 43 C or 110 F Set Condition When the 2C Clutch Volume falls bel
216. ST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the LR Solenoid Control circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Is the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the LR Solenoid Control circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 7 244 TRANSMISSION RFE P0750 LR SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the LR Solenoid Control circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the LR Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control
217. SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine 5 Check and repair all engine prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all DTC s 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio 5 check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0890 Note This counter only applies to the last DTC set 15 the STARTS SINCE S
218. Service Information for the proper repair procedure Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 No Test Complete Using the DRBIII perform a Shift Lever Position test Follow the instructions on the DRBIII Did the Shift Lever Position Test pass Yes GoTo 5 No Refer tothe Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Remove and inspect the Transmission Pan the Service Information Remove and inspect the Primary Filter the Service Information Inspect the oil filter O ring for damage and proper installation Does the Oil Pan contain excessive debris and or is the Oil Filter plugged or O ring damaged Yes Repair thecause of the plugged transmission oil filter or excessive debris Seal installed onto filter neck instead of into pump bore seal not fully seated against pump housing filter neck not engaged into pump See Service information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 6 327 TRANSMISSION RFE P0944 LOSS OF PRIME Continued APPLICABILITY All If there possible causes remaining view repair Repair Repair or replace the Transmission Oil Pump as necessary Refer to the Service Information for the proper repair procedure Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 328 TRANS
219. Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 GoTo 6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit in the TCM harness connector 15 the voltage above 0 5 volts Yes Repair the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 7 209 TRANSMISSION RFE P0713 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH Continued APPLICABILITY Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as All necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Rep
220. T TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine 5 Check and repair all engine prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all 5 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 With the DRBIII check Transmission Are t
221. TE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 present Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 With the DRBIII check for other transmission 5 Are the P0731 P0732 P0733 and or P0876 present Yes Replacethe Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 4 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0875 NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less Yes GoTo 5 No GoTo 18 With the DRBIII check for other Transmission 5 All Are there any line pressure related P0867 P0932 P0868 P0869 or P0944 298 TRANSMISSION RFE P0875 UD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE Continued APPLICABILITY Start engine Warm the transmission to 82 C or 180 F Firmly apply brakes With the DRBIII monitor the Line Pressure in the following step Move theshift lever to each gear position and record the Line Pressure reading Allow the pressure to stabilize for at least 5 seconds
222. TILL ACTION APPLICABILITY Check and adjust the oil level per the service information before continuing Place vehicle on hoist Run vehicle on hoist under conditions necessary to duplicate the noise Using Chassis Ears or other suitable device verify that the noise is coming from the transmission 15 the noise coming from the transmission Yes GoTo 2 No Refer to the Service Information for the proper repair procedure Check for any TSBs that may apply Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST With the shift lever in neutral raise the engine speed and listen to the noise Note Make sure the radio is turned OFF Alternator noise can come through the speakers and be misinterpreted as Transmission Pump Whine This can happen even with the volume turned down THE RADIO MUST BE TURNED OFF Does the noise get louder or change pitch while the engine speed is changing Yes GoTo 4 No GoTo 5 If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Repair internal transmission as necessary per the Service nfor mation Pay particular attention to the bearings in front half of transmission and for any signs of wear If no problems are found replace the primary oil pump Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST Check the Transmission Fluid level per the Service Information All NOTE The transmission must be hot when checking oil level When the temperature is below 10 Celsius
223. TION ACTIVATED When Monitored and Set Condition P0218 HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATION ACTIVATED When Monitored Whenever the engine is running Set Condition Immediately when the Overheat shift schedule is activated 116 240 Transmission oil temp POSSIBLE CAUSES ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM MALFUNCTION TRANSMISSION OIL COOLER PLUGGED HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATIONS ACTIVATED ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for P0706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI 5 Most set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the
224. TION SENSOR INPUT P 2 18BK LB SENSOR GROUND TRANSFER CASE N POSITION SENSOR U T 5 413 R le 2 CONNECTOR PINOUTS BLACK L 51 155 10 11 ON CONTROL MODULE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 T1 18LG BK TRS T1 SENSE 2 T4 1 EXCEPT 42RLE TRS T2 SENSE 3 73 18VT TRS T3 SENSE 4 5 6 K24 18GY BK 3 7L CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL 6 K244 20BR WT DIESEL ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL 7 021 20PK DIESEL SCI TRANSMIT 7 D21 18PK 3 7L SCI TRANSMIT 8 F45 18YL BR 3 7L FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT START 8 F45 18YL RD DIESEL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT START 9 T9 180R BK OVERDRIVE PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE 10 10 18YL DG 3 7L TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE 10 T10 20YL DG DIESEL TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE 11 F1 18DB 3 7L FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN START 11 Fi 20DB DIESEL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN START 12 K22 180R DB GAS THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL 12 K22 18OR DB DIESEL ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENS
225. TION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect jumper wire between the used B circuit and Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 10 No Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open or high resistance Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module the Service nfor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 100 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0765 UD SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring
226. TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0713 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH Continued APPLICABILITY Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as All necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 57 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P0714 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR INTERMITTENT When Monitored and Set Condition P0714 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR INTERMITTENT When Monitored Continuously with the ignition on and engine running Set Condition The DTC will set when the monitored Temperature Sensor voltage fluctuates or changes abruptly within a predetermined period of time POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED PRESENT TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
227. TRANSMISSION SIMULATOR WILL NOT POWER UP ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE If the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 will not power up All this is a symptom of the Transmission Control Relay being open such as Limp in and or the Simulator is not installed correctly on the vehicle Note Check the simulator ground cable connection Repair these symptoms before having the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 repaired Continue Test Complete 388 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom VEHICLE IS SLUGGISH WITH NO DTC S PRESENT POSSIBLE CAUSES ENGINE VISCOUS FAN COLD TRANSMISSION BUS PROBLEMS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Engine viscous fan sticking can cause this complaint All Check the engine viscous fan for proper operation per the Service Information Does the engine fan operate correctly Yes GoTo 2 Repair the engine viscous fan per the Service Information Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST If the transmission shifts too early when the transmission is cold this is a normal condition Did the problem occur when the transmission temperature was cold Yes The software is designed to protect the transmission from high torque and or high RPM shifts during cold operation Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST GoTo 3 With the DRBIII attempt to communicate with other Modules check for signs of a bus problem such as bus related and or c
228. TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII read Transmission 5 15 the DTC P0750 and or P0841 present also Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 84 TRANSMISSION 42RLE 740 CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL CIRCUIT Continued APPLICABILITY Ignition on engine not running All With the DRBIII record and erase Transmission DTCs Drive the vehicle until it is fully warmed up to at least 43 C or 110 F Perform the following steps 3 times With the DRBIII monitor TPS degree Drive the vehicle to the speed of 83 Km h or 50 MPH and allow 4th gear to engage for at least 10 seconds Close the throttle then tip back in until the throttle angle TPS degrees is between 25 and 29 degrees NOTE If you go over 30 TPS degrees you must back off of the throttle and retry Did the TCC engage during any of the attempts Yes GoTo 4 GoTo 5 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits This DTC can also be set under extreme temperature conditions this is usually caused by an internal probl
229. TTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 146 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P1775 SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII check for other Transmission 5 Al
230. Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio 5 check and record all CVI s Most set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 239 TRANSMISSION RFE 736 RATIO ERROR IN REVERSE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII check for other transmission 5 If any of these DTC s are present perform their respective tests first Are the DTC s P0944 P0715 P0720 P1794 P0867 P0932 P0868 or P0869 present also Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom If any of these DTCs are present they will cause a Speed Ratio Error Perform the test for P0944 first if it is present Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 With the DRBII1 perform the Reverse Gear Clutch Test Follow the instructions on the DRBIII Increase the throttle angle TPS Degree to 30 for no more than a few seconds CAUTION Do not overheat the transmission Did the dutch test pass Input speed remain at zero Yes GoTo 4 GoTo 5 Gear
231. The next step is to verify that the shift linkage is correctly adjusted If the shift linkage is incorrectly adjusted a number of complaints can result TheTCM monitors the Shift Lever Position SLP Sensor continuously If the linkage is incorrectly adjusted the TCM will sense a shift lever position that is not correct for the gear chosen by the driver This may cause a DTC to be set The following complaints may also be the result of an incorrectly adjusted or worn linkage Delayed clutch engagement e Erratic shifts e Vehicle will drive in neutral e Engine will not crank in park or neutral Gear shift linkage will be able to be shifted without the key in the ignition Not able to remove the ignition key in park e Parking pawl will not engage properly The shift linkage should also be adjusted when replacing the Transmission repairing the valve body or when repairing any component between the shift lever and the Transmission Some questions to ask yourself when performing the road test are as follows 15 the complaint or concern what you think the problem is based on the drivers description of the problem 15 the Transmission operating normally or is there a real problem e When does the problem occur 15 the problem only in one gear range What temperature does the problem occur Does the vehicle have to sit over night for the problem to occur Does the transmission go into Limp in m
232. Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 35 TRANSMISSION 42RLE 0218 TEMPERATURE OPERATION ACTIVATED Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY This DTC is an informational DTC designed to aid the Technician in diagnosing shift All quality complaints This DTC indicates that the Transmission has been operating in the Overheat shift schedule which may generate a customer complaint The customer driving patterns may indicate the need for an additional Transmission Oil Cooler With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair the cause of the Transmission Overheating per the Service Information If indicated install an additional Transmission Oil Cooler Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 GoTo 3 Perform Engine Cooling System diagnostics per the Service Information Is the Engine Cooling System functioning properly Yes GoTo 4 No Repair the cause of the Engine Overheating Refer to the Service Information for additional repair information Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Flush or replace the Transmission Oil cooler as necessary per the Service Information Perform
233. Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit in the TCM harness connector 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 16 291 TRANSMISSION RFE P0870 OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Connect a jumper wire between the F used B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit at the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 17 No Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for open If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power
234. Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 With the DRBIII erase DTC s NOTE The TRANS TEMP DEG must be at least 43 C or 110 F before performing the following steps Drive the vehicle and perform at least ten 2 3 upshifts with the throttle between 10 and 54 TPS DEGREES With the DRBIII read the OD CL VOL INDEX Is the OD CL VOL INDEX below 10 Yes GoTo 3 GoTo 4 366 TRANSMISSION RFE P2702 INADEQUATE ELEMENT VOLUME OD Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining view repair All Repair Repair internal transmission as necessary Refer to the Service Information for the proper repair procedure for components re lated to the OD clutch A broken or weak return spring or a dislocated snap ring could cause this prob
235. UICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits Check for a Primary Oil Filter not installed correctly and for a dislodged Reverse Carrier Snap Ring which will typically set this DTC on heavy throttle acceleration from a dead stop With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 296 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P0875 UD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition P0875 UD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE When Monitored In any forward gear with engine speed above 1000 RPM shortly after a shift and every minute thereafter Set Condition After a shift into forward gear with engine speed above 1000 RPM the TCM momentarily turns on element pressure to the clutch circuits do not have pressure to identify the correct pressure switch closes If the pressure switch does not close two times the DTC sets POSSIBLE CAUSES LINE PRESSURE DTC S PRESENT SPEED RATIO AND OR PRESSURE SWITCH DTC S PRESENT POOR LINE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTION 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
236. UIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine DTC s Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most set on start up but some must set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 182 TRANSMISSION RFE 0123 5 5 HIGH DIESEL Continued ACTION APPLI
237. VER 1 GoTo 17 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a TCM No Response condition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII monitor the OD Pressure Switch state during the following steps With the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 place the selector switch on While pressing the Pressure Switch test button wiggle the wiring harness and connectors pertaining to the OD Pressure Switch Did the OD pressure switch state change to closed and remain closed while wiggling the wires Yes GoTo 11 No GoTo 13 Remove and inspect the Transmission Oil per the Service Information Does the Transmission Oil Pan contain excessive debris or contamination Yes Repair the cause of the excessive debris in the Transmission Pan Refer to the Service Information for the proper procedures Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 12 If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Repair Internal Transmission as necessary Disassemble and inspect the Valve Body and repair or replace as necessary If no problems are found in the Valve Body replace the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 290 TRANSMIS
238. Y 5 PRESENT 4C PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN 4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND 4C PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE PRESSURE SWITCH TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all 5 Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Per
239. a transmission is overfilled a transmission oil cooler becomes restricted or if a customer drives aggres sively in low gear the calculated oil temperature will be inaccurate Consequently the shift schedule selected may be inappropriate for the current con ditions 3 2 2 LINE PRESSURE CONTROL 45 545RFE Proper control of the transmission line pressure is essential for proper operation The 45RFE 545RFE normally uses closed loop line pressure control where actual line pressure reported by the line pressure sensor is continuously monitored The TCM determines the desired target line pres sure which is required and adjusts the Pressure Control Solenoid PCS until the actual line pres sure matches the desired line pressure value the event of a line pressure sensor failure DTC 867 the TCM changes to an open loop trol at an essentially constant line pressure Proper diagnosis of line pressure systems is facil itated by the use of a special tool T fitting Miller 8259 which allows the use of a mechanical pres sure gauge to compare the line pressure sensor reading on the DRBIII to the gauge pressure Technicians should compare the mechanical gauge reading with the actual and desired line pres sure reading on the DRBIII All three readings should closely match in pressure Because the me chanical and actual line pressure may not match the desired at low engine speeds due to low pump
240. a vehicle that does not set any DTC s and drives and shifts as expected One important point to remember is that the Simulator receives it s power from the Trans Relay Output circuit If the transmission system is in Limp in Relay open the simulator will not oper ate This is not really an indication of a problem but an additional symptom If the simulator does not power P led lit this is an indication that the problem is still present with the simulator hooked up This indicates that the problem is in the wiring or control module and not the transmission Miller Tool 8333 1A consists of the adapter cables and overlay necessary to adapt the simulator to TE AE LE RLE transmissions 4 0 DISCLAIMERS SAFETY AND WARNINGS 4 1 DISCLAIMERS All information illustrations and specifications contained in this manual are based on the latest information available at the time of publication The right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice 4 2 SAFETY 4 2 1 TECHNICIAN SAFETY INFORMATION WARNING ENGINES PRODUCE CARBON MONOXIDE THAT IS ODORLESS CAUSES SLOWER REACTION TIME AND CAN LEAD TO SERIOUS INJURY WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATING KEEP SERVICE AREAS WELL VENTILATED OR ATTACH THE VEHICLE EXHAUST SYSTEM TO THE SHOP EXHAUST REMOVAL SYSTEM Set the parking brake and block the wheels before testing or repairing the vehicle If is especially important to block the wheels on front wheel drive vehicles
241. ailures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio 5 check and record all CVI s Most set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 345 TRANSMISSION RFE P1736 GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 2ND PRIME Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII check for other transmission DTC s Are of the DTC s P0944 P0715 P0720 P1794 P0867 P0932 P0868 P0869 also present Yes If any of these DTCs are present they will cause a speed ratio error Refer to appropriate symptom in the Transmission category Perform the test for P0944 first if it is present Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 With the DRBIII perform the 2nd prime Gear Clutch Test Follow the instructions on the DRBIII Increase the throttle angle TPS Degree to 30 for no more than a few seconds CAUTION Do not
242. all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 76 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0733 GEAR RATIO ERROR IN Continued APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s If any of these DTC s are present perform their respective tests first Are the DTC s P0944 P0715 P0720 or P1794 present also Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom any of these 5 are present they will cause a gear ratio error Perform the test for Loss of Prime first if it is present Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 With the DRBIII perform the 3rd gear clutch test Follow the instructions the DRBIII Increase the throttle angle TPS Degree to 30 for no more than a few seconds CAUTION Do not overheat the transmission Did the Clutch Test pass Input Speed remain at 0 Yes GoTo 4 GoTo 5 The conditions to set this DTC are not present at this time All Check the gearshift linkage adjustment Gear ratio DTC s can be set by problems in the Input and Output Speed Sensor ci
243. all power and ground circuits If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module the Service nfor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 96 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0760 OD SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBII1 check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 97 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P0765 UD SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition P0765 UD SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored Initially at power up then every 10 seconds thereafter They will also be tested immediately after a Gear Ratio or Pressure Switch error is detected Set Condition Three consecutive Solenoid continuity test failures or one failure if test is run in response to a Gear Ratio or Pressure Switch error POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED RELAY DTC S PRESENT TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN UD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN UD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND UD
244. ance between the EATX RPM Signal circuit and ground Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the EATX RPM Signal circuit for a short to ground Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 5 Turn ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the PCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the EATX RPM Signal circuit in the PCM connector 15 the voltage above 10 0 volts Yes Repair the EATX RPM Signal circuit for a short to voltage Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the PCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the EATX RPM Signal circuit 15 the voltage between 4 5 and 5 5 volts Yes Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Information Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 7 69 TRANSMISSION 42RLE 725 SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT Continued APPLICABILITY Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as All necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE
245. and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBII1 check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 101 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P0841 LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition P0841 LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT When Monitored Whenever the engine is running Set Condition The appropriate DTC is set if one of the Pressure Switches are open or closed at the wrong time a given gear POSSIBLE CAUSES LOSS OF PRIME DTC P0944 PRESENT TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY DTCS PRESENT TCM AND WIRING TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN L R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN L R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND L R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing Transmission S
246. and or improper system operation Only those components with approved repair and installation procedures in the service information should be serviced 4 2 4 DRBIII SAFETY INFORMATION WARNING EXCEEDING THE LIMITS OF THE DRBIIIe MULTIMETER IS DANGEROUS CAN EXPOSE YOU TO SERIOUS OR POSSIBLY FATAL INJURY CAREFULLY READ AND UNDERSTAND THE CAUTIONS AND THE SPECIFICATION LIMITS e Follow the vehicle manufacturer s service speci fications at all times e not use the DRBIII if it has been damaged Do not use the test leads if the insulation is damaged or if metal is exposed e To avoid electrical shock do not touch the test leads tips or the circuit being tested Choose the proper range and function for the measurement Do not try voltage or current mea surements that may exceed the rated capacity e Donot exceed the limits shown in the table FUNCTION INPUT LIMIT Volts 0 500 volts peak AC 0 500 volts DC Ohms resistance 0 1 12 megohms Frequency measured 0 10 khz Frequency generated Temperature 58 1100 F 50 600C Ohms cannot be measured if voltage is present Ohms can be measured only in a non powered circuit Voltage between any terminal and ground must not exceed 500v DC or 500v peak AC e Use caution when measured voltage above 25v DC or 25 e The circuit being tested must be protected by 10A fuse or circuit breaker GENERAL INFORMATION e Usethe low current sh
247. ansmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 203 TRANSMISSION RFE PO711 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 204 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P0O712 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW When Monitored and Set Condition P0712 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW When Monitored Continuously with the ignition on and engine running Set Condition The DTC will set when the monitored Temperature Sensor voltage drops below 0 078 volts for the period of 0 45 seconds POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED PRESENT TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate an
248. ansmission Oil Pan and refill with new Transmission Fluid per the Service Information Note The Transmission Cooler must be flushed before prodceeding Start the engine check and adjust the Transmission Fluid Level per Service Information Allow the engine to idle for 10 minutes in Park Flush the Transmission Oil Cooler per the Service Information Turn the ignition off Drain and refill the Transmission Fluid Flush the Transmission Oil Cooler again Start the engine check and adjust the Transmission Fluid Level per Service Information With the DRBIII perform a Battery Disconnect Note This must be done to re enable EMCC during an A C Clutch engage ment The vehicle may exhibit intermittent shudder during the first few hundred miles Note The oil will gradually penetrate the TCC friction material and the shudder should disappear Erase the DTC and return the vehicle to the customer Did the Code reset or does the vehicle still shudder after a few thousand miles Yes Replace the Torque Convertor per the Service Information Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 131 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P0944 LOSS OF PRIME When Monitored and Set Condition P0944 LOSS OF PRIME When Monitored If the transmission is slipping in any forward gear and the pressure switches are not indicating pressure a loss of prime test is run Set Condition If the Trans begins to slip in a
249. any Line Pressure related 5 P0867 P0932 P0868 P0869 or P0944 288 TRANSMISSION RFE P0870 OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Start engine Warm transmission to 82 C or 180 F Firmly apply brakes With the DRBIII monitor the Transmission Line Pressure Move theshift lever to each gear position and record the Line Pressure reading Allow the pressure to stabilize for at least 5 seconds in each range Did the Line Pressure remain at a steady value between 585 and 655 kPa or 85 and 95 PSI Yes GoTo 6 No GoTo 10 Ignition on engine not running With the DRBII1I monitor the Line Pressure while firmly pushing the Line Pressure Sensor connector towards the Transmission Did the Line Pressure change to about 207 kPa or 30 PSI when the connector was pushed Yes Disconnect and properly reconnect the Line Pressure Sensor harness connector Inspect terminals and repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 7 Pressure positions NOTE three DRBIII Line Pressure readings should be steady 2 0 PSI of the reading specified on the Transmission Simulator Did the Line Pressure remain steady in all 3 positions Yes Replace the Line Pressure Sensor per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconn
250. as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the 4C Pressure Switch Sense circuit in the TCM harness connector 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the4C Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 10 No Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for open If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as
251. asure the resistance of the 5 volt Supply circuit between the TCM harness connector and the APP Sensor harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 5 volt Supply circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the APP Sensor harness connector Measure the resistance between ground and the 5 volt Supply circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 5 volt Supply circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the APP Sensor harness connector Measure the resistance between the 5 volt Supply circuit and the Speed Sensor Ground circuit at the APP Sensor harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 11 No Repair the 5 volt Supply circuit for a short to the Speed Sensor Ground circuit Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 177 TRANSMISSION RFE 122 LOW DIESEL Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the APP Sensor harness connector Connect a jumper wire between the 5 volt Supply circuit the Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Signal circuit Ignition on engine not runn
252. ategory and perform the appropri ate symptom Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the PCM harness connectors Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the PCI Bus circuit from the PCM harness connector to the Data Link Connector NOTE CAREFULLY PROBE THE DLC DAMAGE TO THE DLC TERMI NALS WILL RESULT IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the open PCI Bus circuit between the PCM and the Data Link Connector Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 5 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Note S
253. brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 10 No Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST Turn ignition off to the lock position Remove the Backup Lamp bulb Disconnect the Transmission TRS harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the Backup Lamp Supply circuit 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair Backup Lamp Supply circuit for a short to ground Check the fuse and replace if necessary Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST No Test Complete 166 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom CHECKING PARK NEUTRAL SWITCH OPERATION POSSIBLE CAUSES P N POSITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN P N POSITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR PCM P N POSITION SWITCH APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on All With the DRBIII read the Park Neutral Position Switch input state While moving the gear selector through all gear positions Park to 1 and back to Park watch the DRBIII display Did the DRBIII display show P N and D R in the correct gear positions Yes Test Complete No GoTo 2 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the PCM harness c
254. by problems in the Input and Output Speed Sensor circuits If the vehicle passes the clutch test and still sets Gear Ratio DTC s check the Speed Sensors for proper operation NOTE Remove the Starter Relay from the PDC This will prevent the vehicle from being started in gear Check the Speed Sensor wiring and connectors for good connection then perform a wiggle test using the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 and the Electronic Transmission Adapter kit 8333 1A This DTC can also be set under extreme temperature conditions this is usually caused by an internal problem Verify if the problem is only experienced under extreme hot or cold conditions With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete With the DRBIII read Transmission 5 15 the DTC P0845 and or P0846 present also Yes Replace the Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly per the Service Information Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 6 74 TRANSMISSION 42RLE 0732 RATIO ERROR IN 2ND Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining view repair All Repair Repair internal transmission problem Check all of the compo nents related to the Underdrive and 2 4 clutches Inspect the Oil Pump pe
255. circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair theLR Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the LR Pressure Switch Sense circuit in the TCM harness connector 15 the voltage above 0 5 volts Yes Repair theLR Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Solenoid TRS harness connector NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Do
256. circuit Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBII1 check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 105 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P0845 2 4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE EE When Monitored and Set Condition P0845 2 4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE When Monitored In any forward gear with engine speed above 1000 RPM shortly after a shift and every minute thereafter Set Condition After a shift into a forward gear with engine speed gt 1000 RPM the TCM momentarily turns on element pressure to the clutch ckts that don t have pressure to identify the correct pressure sw closes If the pressure sw does not close 2 times the code sets POSSIBLE CAUSES LOSS OF PRIME P0944 PRESENT RELATED 5 PRESENT TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN 2 4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN 2 4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND 2 4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE INTERNAL TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS 106 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0845 2 4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If the fluid level is low locate and repair the lea
257. communicate with the MIC Yes GoTo 4 No Refer to the Communication category and perform the appropri ate symptom related to No Response to MIC Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 142 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P1687 NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE MIC Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Ignition on engine not running All With the DRBIII erase TCM DTC s Start the engine in park With the DRBIII read Transmission 15 the DTC P1687 No Communication with the MIC present Yes Replace the Transmission Control Module the Service Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 143 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P1694 BUS COMMUNICATION WITH ENGINE MODULE When Monitored and Set Condition P1694 BUS COMMUNICATION WITH ENGINE MODULE When Monitored Continuously with ignition key on Set Condition If no bus messages are received fro
258. conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 89 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom 755 2 4 SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition 0755 2 4 SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored Initially at power up then every 10 seconds thereafter They will also be tested immediately after a Gear Ratio or Pressure Switch error is detected Set Condition Three consecutive Solenoid continuity test failures or one failure if test is run in response to a Gear Ratio or Pressure Switch error POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED RELAY 5 PRESENT TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN 2 4 SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN 2 4 SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND 2 4 SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE 2 4 SOLENOID TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diag
259. conds 13 With the DRBIII read DTCs Are there any DTC s present Yes Check for any related Technical Service Bulletins and or refer to the appropriate Symptom list Diagnostic Procedure No Repair is complete 391 VERIFICATION TESTS Verification Tests Continued ROAD TEST VERIFICATION VER 2 APPLICABILITY 1 Inspect the vehicle to ensure that all engine components are properly installed and All connected Reassemble and reconnect components as necessary 2 If this verification procedure is being performed after non DTC test perform steps 3 and 4 3 Check to see if the initial symptom still exists If there no trouble codes the symptom no longer exists the repair was successful and testing is now complete 4 If the initial or another symptom exists the repair is not complete Check all pertinent Technical Service Bulletins TSBs and return to the Symptom List if necessary 5 For previously read DTCs that have not been dealt with return to the Symptom List and follow the diagnostic path for that DTC otherwise continue 6 If the Engine Control Module ECM has not been changed perform steps 7 and 8 otherwise continue with step 9 7 With the 111 erase all diagnostic trouble codes DTCs then disconnect the 1119 8 Turn the ignition off for at least 10 seconds 9 If equipped with a Transfer Case Position Switch perform step 10 otherwise continue with step 1
260. continues to blow it indicates a problem in the circuit that must be corrected 4 3 2 ROAD TESTING A COMPLAINT VEHICLE Some complaints will require test drive as part of the repair verification procedure The purpose of the test drive is to try to duplicate the diagnostic DTC or symptom condition CAUTION Before road testing a vehicle be sure that all components are reassembled During the test drive do not try to read DRBIII screen while in motion Do not hang the from the rear view mirror or operate it yourself Have assistant available to operate the DRBIII Road testing is an essential step in the diagnostic process that must not be overlooked Along with the diagnostic information obtained from the 2 Scan Tool and the original customer concern the road test helps verify the problem was current and any repairs performed fixed the vehicle correctly Always operate and observe the vehicle under ac tual driving conditions J ust as important as the road test is there are preliminary inspections that should be performed prior to the road test Always check the fluid level and condition before taking the vehicle on a road test Determine if the incorrect fluid is being used improper fluid will result in erratic transmission operation Some of the conditions of incorrect fluid level are as follows Delayed engagement e Poor shifting or erratic shifting e Excessive noise Overheating
261. continuously while the transmission is in gear Set Condition If the ratio of the Input RPM to the Output RPM does not match the current gear ratio This DTC can take up to five minutes of problem identification before illuminating the MIL POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED 5 PRESENT RELATED PRESSURE SWITCH 5 PRESENT INTERNAL TRANSMISSION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio 5 check and record all CVI s Most set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controlle
262. cord all 5 Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 With the DRBIII read Transmission DTCs Are there any APPS TPS High or Low DTCs present Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 188 TRANSMISSION RFE 0124 5 5 INTERMITTENT DIESEL Continued APPLICABILITY Ignition on engine not running All With the DRBIII under Transmission Sensors monitor the APPS TPS voltage in the following step Slowly open and close the throttle while checking for erratic voltage changes Did the TPS voltage change smooth and consistent Yes GoTo 4 No Replace the Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII under Transmission Sensors monitor the APPS TPS voltage in the following step While checking for erratic voltage changes perform a wiggle test by wiggling all the wiring and connectors perta
263. ct the Powertrain Control Module harness connector CAUTION IF EQUIPPED WITH NGC CONTROLLER DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNEC TORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMINALS RESULTING IN POOR TER MINAL TO PIN CONNECTION INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL 8815TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS NOTE Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between the Transfer Case Position Sensor Input circuit and the Sensor Return circuit in the PCM harness connector 15 the resistance between 55 ohms and 1 3k ohms Yes GoTo 5 No Replace the Transfer Case Position Sensor No Test Complete 28 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom 122 POSITION SENSOR APPS LOW When Monitored and Set Condition P0122 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR APPS LOW When Monitored Continuously with the ignition on and engine running Set Condition This DTC will set if the monitored TPS voltage drops below 078 volts for the period of 0 48 seconds POSSIBLE CAUSES ENGINE TPS 5 PRESENT TPS SIGNAL CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagn
264. ct the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Ignition on engine not running Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes Test Complete No Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open If the fuse is open make sure to check or a short to ground Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Remove the Backup Lamp bulbs Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Measure the resistance between the Backup Lamp Feed circuit and ground Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Backup Lamp F eed circuit for a short to ground Check 378 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom BUMP FELT SHORTLY AFTER STOP WITH NO DTC S PRESENT POSSIBLE CAUSES STICKING SLIP J OINT ACTION APPLICABILITY This condition is normally caused by a stick and slip condition between the prop shaft All slip joint and the transfer case output shaft If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Check for 5 5 relating to this condition Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST 379 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom BUMP FELT WHILE COASTING IN NEUTRAL WITH NO DTC S P
265. ctor Disconnect the Input Speed Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the Speed Sensor Ground circuit Is the resistance Below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 10 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Place a jumper wire between the fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit in the TCM harness connector Is the voltage above 0 5 volts Yes Repair Speed Sensor Ground circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 11 215 TRANSMISSION RFE 715 1 SPEED SENSOR ERROR Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Using the schematics as guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as All necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATIO
266. ctor Is the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the UD Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 14 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the UD Pressure Switch Sense circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the UD Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 15 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the UD Pressure Switch Sense circuit in the TCM harness connector 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the UD Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 16 301 TRANSMISSION RFE P0875 UD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE Continued ACTION APP
267. ctors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio 5 check and record all CVI s Most set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 237 TRANSMISSION RFE 0735 RATIO ERROR 4TH PRIME Continued APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII check for other transmission 5 If any of these DTC s are present perform their respective tests first Are the DTC s P0944 P0715 P0720 P1794 P0867 P0932 P0868 or P0869 present also Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom If any of these DTCs are present they will cause a Speed Ratio Error Perform the test for P0944 first if it is present Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 With the DRBII1I perform the 2nd Gear Clutch Test Follow the instructions on the for the test With the DRBIII perform the 3rd Gear Clutch Test Follow the instructions on the for the test NOTE You must test the 2nd and
268. ctors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service nfor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 59 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom 715 SPEED SENSOR ERROR When Monitored and Set Condition 0715 SPEED SENSOR ERROR When Monitored The transmission gear ratio is monitored continuously while the transmission is in gear Set Condition If there is an excessive change in input RPM any gear POSSIBLE CAUSES INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE INPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APP
269. cuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Test drive the vehicle Did you experience any 2nd gear launches or no TCC engagement Yes Inspect the Valve Body for signs of a stuck valve or other problem in the SSV area If no problems are found replace the Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly If excessive debris is present in the Pan or Valve Body repair cause of the debris as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Test Complete 149 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P1776 SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION When Monitored and Set Condition P1776 SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION When Monitored Continuously when doing partial or full PEMCC FEMCC Set Condition This DTC will set if the senses the L R Pressure Switch closing while performing PEMCC or FEMCC or after two unsuccessful attempts to perform PEMCC or FEMCC POSSIB
270. d Transmission Oil Filter Refer to the Service Information for the proper repair procedure Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 7 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 133 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0944 LOSS OF PRIME Continued APPLICABILITY If there no possible causes remaining view repair All Repair Replace the Transmission Oil Pump per the Service Information Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 134 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P0992 2 4 OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition P0992 2 4 OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE When Monitored In any forward gear with engine speed above 1000 RPM shortly after a shift and every minute thereafter Set Condition After a shift into forward gear with engine speed gt 1000 RPM the TCM momentarily turns on element pressure to the clutch ckts that don t have pressure to identify the correct pressure sw closes If the pressure sw does not close 2
271. d repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all 5 and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 With the DRBIII check Transmission Are there any Speed Sensor DTCs present Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 205 TRANSMISSION RFE 0712 5 155 TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW Continued
272. diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 308 TRANSMISSION RFE P0888 RE LAY OUTPUT ALWAYS OFF Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0888 NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter set to 0 Yes GoTo 3 GoTo 11 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Fused B circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 4 No Repair the Fused B circuit for an open If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the Transmission Control Relay ground circuit
273. diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 With the DRBIII check Engine DTC s Engine TPS related DTC s present Yes Refer to the Powertrain category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 186 TRANSMISSION RFE 0124 5 5 INTERMITTENT Continued APPLICABILITY Ignition on engine not running All With the DRBIII under Transmission Sensors monitor the TPS voltage in the following step Slowly open and close the throttle while checking for erratic voltage changes Did the TPS voltage change smooth and consistent Yes GoTo 4 No Replace the Throttle Position Sensor per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Pay particular attention to corroded terminals and all power and ground circuits Repair as necessary With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions which the DTC was set If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module
274. e Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 281 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom PO869 LINE PRESSURE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition PO869 LINE PRESSURE HIGH When Monitored Continuously while driving in a forward gear Set Condition The PCM continously monitors Actual Line Pressure If the Actual Line Pressure reading is greater than the highest Desired Line Pressure ever used in the current gear while the Pressure Control Solenoid duty cycle is at or near its maximum value which should result in minimum line pressure this code will set POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK FOR RELATED 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN POOR LINE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTION PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND INTERNAL TRANSMISSION LINE PRESSURE HIGH LINE PRESSURE SENSOR TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS 282 TRANSMISSION RFE PO869 LINE PRESSURE HIGH Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transm
275. e Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Using a 12 volt test light connected to 12 volts check all four ground circuits in the TCM harness connector NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly on all four ground circuits Yes GoTo 2 No Repair the Ground circuit s as necessary Check main ground connection to engine block and or chassis Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 Using the schematics as guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair The Transmission Control Module is reporting internal errors and must be replaced WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 194 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom 706 SHIFTER SIGNAL lt When Monitored and Set Condition 0706 SHIFTER SIGNAL When Monitored Continuously with the ignition on Set Condition occurrences oneignition start with a invalid PRNDL code which lasts for more than 0 1 second POSSIBLE CAUSES SHIFTER OUT OF ADJ USTMENT TRS T1 SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN TRS T2 SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN TRS T3 SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN TRS T41 SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN TRS T4
276. e checking for shorts and open circuits Although it takes two occurences of a missed TRD link message to set the DTC P1793 one missed message will cause the transmission to short shift until the next start up If the vehicle has any indications of a bus problem the bus must be repaired first Were any problems found Yes Repair wiring and or connector as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 172 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom TRANSMISSION SIMULATOR 8333 WILL NOT POWER UP ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE If the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 will not power up All this is a symptom of the Transmission Relay being open such as Limp in and or this also could be a indication of the Transmission Simulator not installed correctly on the vehicle NOTE Check the Simulator ground cable connection NOTE Check all Transmission Simulator harness connections Repair these symptoms before having the Transmission Simulator Miller Tool 8333 repaired Continue Test Complete 173 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom 0122 5 5 LOW When Monitored and Set Condition 0122 5 5 LOW When Monitored Continuously with the ignition on and engine running Set Condition This DTC will set if the monitored TPS voltage drops below 078 volts for the period of 0 48 seconds POSSIBLE CAUSES ENGINE TPS 5 PRESENT TPS SIGNAL CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE TRANS
277. e o ows Fron oven oven oven 5 oren ope Foren open open oren oven open oren a oseo ccoseo cose cioseo oren oren oren oren oren oren oren oren open 8003845 424 CHARTS AND GRAPHS 11 5 TRANSMISSION TEMP SENSOR 42RLE TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR DUAL RANGE START ENGINE WITH DRB MONITOR AND RECORD TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE VOLTAGE COMPARE THE MEASURED TEMPERATURE AND VOLTAGE WITH THE GRAPH SHOWN BELOW THE MEASURED VALUE SHOULD FALL ON ONE OF THE LINES ON THE GRAPH Measured trans temp 200 F Trans temp voltage 4 6 volts H A R T 5 R H 5 Volts Valid range 0 078 4 939 0 00 80 60 40 20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 400 420 Degrees F 80dcc836 425 NOTES 426
278. e vehicle from being started in gear Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 and the Electronic Transmis sion Adapter kit 8333 1A Ignition on engine not running With the Transmission Simulator set the Input Output Speed switch to the rotary switch to the 3000 1250 position With the DRBIII read the Input RPM and Output RPM Does the Input RPM read 3000 and the Output RPM read 1250 50 RPM Yes GoTo 4 No GoTo 5 If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Output Speed Sensor per the Service Information Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Output Speed Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Output Speed Sensor harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit for an open Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 6 65 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR Continued APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Output Speed Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure
279. e Transmission Simulator select L R on the Pressure Switch selector switch GoTo 7 103 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0841 LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the L R Pressure Switch Sense circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the L R Pressure Switch circuit for a short to ground Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the F used B circuit and Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the L R Pressure Switch Sense circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the L R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly har
280. e and L R clutches Inspect the Oil Pump per the Service Information and repair or replace as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 72 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P0O732 GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 2ND When Monitored and Set Condition 0732 RATIO ERROR IN 2ND When Monitored The Transmission Gear Ratio is monitored continuously while the Transmission is in Gear Set Condition If the ratio of the input RPM to the output RPM does not match the current Gear Ratio POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED 5 PRESENT RELATED PRESSURE SWITCH 5 PRESENT INTERMITTENT GEAR RATIO ERRORS TRANSMISSION INTERNAL APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter
281. e any erroneous DTCs that may have been set due to a test procedure Does the symptom still exist Yes Repair is not complete refer to appropriate symptom No Repair is complete 392 VERIFICATION TESTS Verification Tests Continued TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICATION TEST APPLICABILITY 1 Inspect the vehicle to ensure that all engine and transmission components are properly All installed and connected Assemble and connect components as necessary 2 Check if the initial symptom still exists this may require a road test If the symptom still exists return to the symptom list and perform the appropriate symptom Make sure to check for any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply 3 With the DRBIII erase any erroneous DTCs that may have been set due to a test procedure Does the symptom still exist Yes Repair is not complete refer to appropriate symptom No Repair is complete 393 NOTES 394 5 8 0 COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8 1 POWERTRAIN ENGINE CONTROL MODULE LOCATIONS 42RLE and 45 545RFE DIESEL ENGINE CONTROL MODULE a42m20vv0s00N ais 4 a L 5 aS VE CARES GV N gas SD RAIS ONS 655 3 80065439 80 440 8 8 2 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE LOCATIONS Left Hand Drive Right Hand Drive tt q
282. e appropriate symptom Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 58 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0O714 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR INTERMITTENT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0714 All NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less Yes GoTo 4 No GoTo 7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove Starter Relay can cause a Transmission No Response condition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 and the Electronic Transmis sion Adapter kit 8333 1A Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running With the Transmission Simulator turn the Input Output switch to OFF With the DRBIII monitor the TRANS TEMP VOLTS while turning the Thermistor Voltage switch to all three positions on the Transmission Simulator Compare the DRBIII readings with the numbers listed on the Transmission Simulator Do the readings the Transmission Simulator match non fluctuating 2 reading 0 2 volts Yes GoTo 5 No GoTo 6 If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly per the Service Information Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and conne
283. e must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 With the DRBIII perform the Shift Lever Position Test Select the test outcome from the following Test passes GoTo 3 Test fails with DTC GoTo 4 Test fails without DTC GoTo 23 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Test Complete 196 TRANSMISSION RFE 706 SHIFTER SIGNAL Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a TCM No Response condition Install Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII perform the Shift Lever Position Test When the DRBIII instruct
284. e the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 250 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom 760 SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition P0760 OD SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored Initially at power up then every 10 seconds thereafter It will also be tested immediately after a gear ratio or pressure switch error is detected Set Condition After three consecutive solenoid continuity tests failures After one failure if a test is run in response to a gear ratio or pressure switch error POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED RELAY 5 PRESENT TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN OD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN OD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND OD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE TRANSMISSION SOLENOID TRS ASSEMBLY TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine
285. e voltage of the 4C Pressure Switch Sense circuit in the TCM harness connector 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the4C Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the 4C Pressure Switch Sense circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 4C Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground GoTo 16 333 TRANSMISSION RFE P0987 4C HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Connect a jumper wire between the Fused circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Solenoid TRS harness connector NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 17 Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circ
286. ecord all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 79 TRANSMISSION 42RLE 734 RATIO ERROR IN 4TH Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII read Transmission Control Module DTC s If any of these DTC s are present perform their respective tests first Are the P0944 P0715 P0720 or P1794 present also Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom any of these 5 are present they will cause a gear ratio error Perform the test for Loss of Prime first if it is present Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 With the DRBIII perform the 4th gear clutch test Follow the instructions the DRBIII Increase the throttle angle TPS Degree to 30 for no more than a few seconds CAUTION Do not overheat the transmission Did the Clutch Test pass Input Speed remain at 0 Yes GoTo 4 GoTo 5 The conditions to set this DTC are not present at this time All Check the gearshift linkage adjustment Gear Ratio 5 can be set by problems in the Input and O
287. ect the Line Pressure Sensor connector Inspect terminals and repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 5 With the DRBIII check for other transmission DTC s All Is the DTC P0932 present also Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 278 TRANSMISSION RFE 868 PRESSURE LOW Continued APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a Transmission No Response condition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 With the Transmission Simulator select the OFF position on the Input Output Speed switch NOTE Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII monitor the Line Pressure during the following step Using the Transmission Simulator set the rotary knob to each of the 3 line pressure positions NOTE three DRBIII Line Pressure readings should be steady 2 0 PSI of the reading specified on the Transmission Simulator Did the Line Pressure remain steady in all three positions Yes GoTo 6 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Install the Line Pressure Adaptor Miller tool 8259 and the Pressure Gage Miller tool C 3293 0 to 2
288. ect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Line Pressure Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the 5 volt Supply circuit from the Line Pressure Sensor harness connector to the TCM harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 5 volt supply circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove Starter Relay can cause a TCM No Response condition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 With the Transmission Simulator select the OFF position on the Input Output Speed switch Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII monitor the Line Pressure during the following step Using the Transmission Simulator turn the selector switch to each of the 3 Line 289 TRANSMISSION RFE P0870 OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE Continued APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Line Pressure Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the 5 volt Supply circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 5 volt Supply circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST
289. ect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the L R Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the L R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 6 147 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P1775 SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the L R Pressure Switch Sense circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the L R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit
290. ectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running With the Transmission Simulator turn the Pressure Switch selector switch to LR With the DRBII monitor the LR Pressure Switch state while pressing the Pressure Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator Did the state of the LR Pressure Switch change while pressing the Pressure Switch Test button Yes GoTo 5 No GoTo 6 If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Per the Service Information repair internal transmission as necessary nspect the Solenoid Switch Valve and repair or replace as necessary If no problems are found with the Solenoid Switch Valve then replace the Solenoid TRS Assembly Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the LR Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the LR Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 7 352 TRANSMISSION RFE P1776 SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION Continued APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock posit
291. ed refer to the appropri ate volume of the service manual for the proper removal and repair procedure Diagnostic procedures change every year New diagnostic systems may be added and or carryover systems may be enhanced READ THIS MANUAL BEFORE TRYING TO DIAGNOSE A VEHICLE TROUBLE CODE It is recommended that you review the entire manual to become familiar with all new and changed diagnostic procedures 1 1 SYSTEM COVERAGE Automatic Transmission This diagnostic procedures manual covers all 2003 Mode Year KJ equipped with a 42RLE or 45RFE 545RFE EATX controlled Automatic Trans mission 1 2 SIX STEP TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE Diagnosis of the 42RLE or 45RFE 545RFE elec tronic transmission is done in six basic steps Verification of complaint Verification of any related symptoms Symptom analysis Problem isolation Repair of isolated problem Verification of proper operation 2 0 IDENTIFICATION OF SYSTEM The 42RLE Transmission family can be identified by Visual identification of vehicles equipped with a Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly located on the passenger side and the Transmission Range Sen sor Input Speed Sensor and Output Speed Sensor are located on the drivers side of the transmission Refer to the Service Information for transmission ID tag descriptions The 45RFE 545RFE Transmission family can be identified by confirming the presence of a 23 pin electrical connector on the left hand s
292. ed Temperature Sensor voltage rises above 4 94 volts for the period of 0 45 seconds POSSIBLE CAUSES TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all 5 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all 5 Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s
293. ed by a repair or diagnostic procedure If the transmission system is exhibiting a problem that you think is caused by an invalid CVI you should try to relearn the value by performing the appropriate driving ma neuver most cases if a Quick Learn makes vehicle shift better the vehicle will return with the same problem gt Before performing Quick Learn it is imperative that the vehicle be shifted into OD with the engine running and the oil level set to the correct level This step will purge air from the clutch circuits to prevent erroneous clutch volume val ues which could cause poor initial shift quality Cycle the transmission through all gears 2 3 times immediately before performing Quick Learn For best results Quick Learn should be run with the transmission sump temperature gt 90 F gt If an unused TCM is installed on vehicle with a HOT engine Quick Learn will cause the TCM to report a cold calculated oil temperature This requires monitoring the calculated oil tempera ture using the DRBIII If the temperature is below 16 C 60 F the transmission must be run at idle or driven in gear until it goes above 16 60 If the temperature is above 93 200 F the transmission must cool to below 93 200 gt First gear is engaged in overdrive after Quick Learn is completed Place the vehicle in park after performing Quick Learn The Quick Learn function should be performed
294. ed skip steps 4 through 6 and continue the verification 4 If the PCM was replaced the correct VIN and mileage must be programmed or a DTC will set in the ABS and Air Bag modules In addition if the vehicle is equipped with Sentry Key Immobilizer Module SKIM Secret Key data must be updated to enable start 5 For ABS and Air Bag systems Enter correct VIN and Mileage in PCM Erase codes in ABS and Air Bag modules 6 For SKIM theft alarm Connect DRBIII to data link conn Go to Theft Alarm SKIM Misc and place SKIM in secured access mode by using the appropriate PIN code for this vehicle Select Update the Secret Key data Data will be transferred from SKIM to PCM 7 Attempt to start the engine 8 If the conditions cannot be duplicated erase all DTCs with the DRBIII 15 the vehicle still unable to start and or are there any DTCs or symptoms remaining Yes Check for any related Technical Service Bulletins and or refer to the appropriate Symptoms list Diagnostic Procedure No Repair is complete POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER 2 APPLICABILITY 1 Inspect the vehicle to ensure that all engine components are properly installed and All connected Reassemble and reconnect components as necessary 2 If this verification procedure is being performed after TROUBLE CODE repair perform steps 3 and 4 3 Check to see if the initial symptom still exists If there are no trouble codes the symptom no longer exists
295. eed switch Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII monitor the Line Pressure during the following step Using the Transmission Simulator turn the selector switch to each of the 3 Line Pressure positions NOTE three DRBIII Line Pressure readings should be steady 2 0 PSI of the reading specified on the Transmission Simulator Does the Line Pressure fluctuate up and down more than 69 kPa 10 PSI at any of the positions Yes GoTo 6 GoTo 7 With the DRBIII monitor the Line Pressure Sensor voltage while wiggling the All wiring harness and connectors pertaining to the Line Pressure Sensor and the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly Did the voltage remain steady while wiggling the wiring harness and connectors 318 TRANSMISSION RFE P0932 LINE PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FAULT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Using the schematics as guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as All necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Repair internal transmission per the Service nformation inspect the Oil Pump and replace if necessary per Service
296. em Verify if the problem is only experienced under extreme hot or cold conditions With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Perform the Hydraulic Pressure test in the Service Information Repair the internal transmission components and torque conver tor the Service Information Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 85 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom 750 SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition P0750 LR SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored Initially at power up then every 10 seconds thereafter The solenoids will also be tested immediately after a Gear Ratio or Pressure Switch error is detected Set Condition Three consecutive solenoid continuity test failures or one failure if a test is run in response to a Gear Ratio or Pressure Switch error POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED RELAY 5 PRESENT TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN L R SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN L R SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND L R SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE L R SOLENOID TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmissio
297. en Monitored Initially at power up then every 10 seconds thereafter It will also be tested immediately after a gear ratio or pressure switch error is detected Set Condition After three consecutive solenoid continuity tests failures After one failure if a test is run in response to a gear ratio or pressure switch error POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED RELAY DTC S PRESENT TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN UD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN UD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND UD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE TRANSMISSION SOLENOID TRS ASSEMBLY TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio
298. en Transmission Control Relay circuit and Fused Ignition on engine not running Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 10 No Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for open If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module the Service Infor mation WITH THE 12 PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 305 TRANSMISSION RFE P0876 UD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits Check for a Primary Oil Filter not installed correctly and a dislodged Reverse Carrier Snap Ring which will typically
299. en or short to ground battery in PCI bus circuit internal failure of any module or component on the bus Each diagnostic trouble code is diagnosed by following a specific testing sequence The diagnostic test procedures contain step by step instructions for determining the cause of a transmission diag nostic trouble code Possible sources of the code are checked and eliminated one by one It is not neces sary to perform all of the tests in this book to temperature GENERAL INFORMATION diagnose an individual code These tests are based on the problem being present at the time that the test is run If the TCM records a DTC that will adversely affect vehicle emissions it will request via the communication bus that the PCM illuminate the Malfunction Indicator Lamp MIL Although these DTC s will be stored in the TCM immediately asa 1 trip failure it may take up to five minutes of accumulated trouble confirmation to set the DTC and illuminate the MIL Three consecutive success ful OBDII EURO III trips or clearing the 5 with a diagnostic tool DRBIII or equivalent is required to extinguish the MIL When the TCM requests that the PCM illuminate the MIL the PCM sets DTC 89 to alert the technician that there are DTC s in the TCM This must also be erased in the PCM in order to extinguish the MIL 3 3 1 HARD CODE Any Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC that is set whenever the system or component is monitored is a H
300. ent Yes Refer to the Powertrain category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 180 TRANSMISSION RFE 0123 5 5 HIGH Continued APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII in Transmission Sensors read the TPS voltage All 15 the TPS voltage above 4 5 volts Yes GoTo 4 GoTo 7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TPS harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the TPS Signal Circuit from the TCM harness connector to the TPS harness connector 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 5 No Repair the TPS Signal circuit between the TCM harness connec tor and the splice for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TPS harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the Sensor Ground circuit between the TPS harness connector and the Transmission Control Module harness connector 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 6 No Repair the Sensor Ground circuit between the TCM harness connector and the splice for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schemat
301. er while driving This DTC can also be set by simply bumping the shift lever toward neutral while accelerating If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair This DTC can be set by putting too much forward pressure on the shift lever while it is in the OD position Make sure the customer is informed Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 344 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P1736 GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 2ND PRIME eT When Monitored and Set Condition P1736 GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 2ND PRIME When Monitored The transmission gear ratio is monitored continuously while the transmission is in gear Set Condition If the ratio of the Input RPM to the Output RPM does not match the current gear ratio This DTC can take up to five minutes of problem identification before illuminating the MIL POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED 5 PRESENT INTERNAL TRANSMISSION INTERMITTENT GEAR RATIO ERRORS APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all and 1 Trip F
302. erform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 With the read Transmission 5 15 the DTC P0733 and or P0871 present also Yes Replace the Transmission or Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly per the Service Information Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 4 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0870 NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less Yes GoTo 5 No GoTo 12 With the DRBIII check for other Transmission DTCs All Is the DTC P0944 present also 115 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0870 OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position CAUTION Remove the Starter Relay This will prevent the vehicle from being started in gear Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 and the Electronic Transmis sion Adapter kit 8333 1A NOTE Check connectors Clean repair as necessary With the Transmission Simulator select OD on the Pressure Switch rotary switch With the DRBIII monitor the OD Pressure Switch state while pressing the Pressure Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator Wiggle the wires leading to the TCM while pressing the test button Did the O D Pressure Switch state change to closed and remain closed while wiggling the wires Yes GoTo 6 GoTo 7 If there are no possible caus
303. erify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 326 TRANSMISSION RFE P0944 LOSS OF PRIME Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Start the engine All The transmission must be at operating temperature prior to checking pressure A cold transmission will give higher readings Firmly apply the brakes and place the gear selector in reverse With the DRBIII monitor the Transmission Line Pressure 15 the Line Pressure below 1034 150 PSI is it fluctuating more than 69 kpa 10 PSI GoTo 3 Yes GoTo 4 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Verify with the customer if a delayed engagement and or an intermittent Drive condition has occurred If the customers answer is erasethe DTC and return the vehicle to the customer Make sure to check for any TSBs or controller flash updates that my apply With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions which the DTC was set Has the customer experienced any delayed engagement and or No Drive conditions Yes Repair internal transmission problem as necessary Replace the Transmission Oil Pump if inspection reveals no signs of internal seal leakage Refer to the
304. es remaining view repair Repair Disassemble and inspect the Valve Body per the Service nforma tion and repair or replace as necessary f no problems are found the Valve Body replace the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly per the Service Information Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the O D Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector 116 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0870 OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE Continued
305. es the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 10 No Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open or high resistance If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service nfor mation WITH THE 12 PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 349 TRANSMISSION RFE P1775 SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits This DTC can also be set by the Solenoid Switch Valve intermittently sticking in it s bore under extreme temperature conditions With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Test Complete 350 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P1776 SOLENOID SW
306. esistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 2 Solenoid Control circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 7 248 TRANSMISSION RFE 0755 2 SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the 2C Solenoid Control circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 2C Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the 2C Solenoid Control circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the 2 Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS
307. ess connector to the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connec tor Is the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the UD Solenoid Control circuit for an open Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 7 99 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0765 UD SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the UD Solenoid Control circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the UD Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuits and Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the voltage of the UD Solenoid Control circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the UD Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICA
308. est for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all 5 Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 This DTC is set along with a speed ratio DTC Check 1 trip failures if there are no speed ratio DTC s that are current If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair This DTC is set if an associated speed ratio DTC is stored within 1 3 seconds after a shift Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate speed ratio symptom Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 355 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P1793 TRD LINK COMMUNICATION ERROR When Monitored and Set Condition P1793 TRD LINK COMMUNICATION ERROR When Monitored During torque managed shifts with Throttle angle above 54 degrees This system is also tested whenever the vehicle is stopped and the engine speed is below 1000 RPM Set Condition This code is set when the Transmission Control Module sends two subsequent Torque Reduction messages pulses the TRD ckt to ground to the Powertrain Control Module via the TRD link circuit and the TCM does n
309. et When there are no diagnostic trouble codes stored in memory the DRBIII will display NO PRESENT and the reset counter will show STARTS SINCE CLEAR The number of starts helps determine if the diagnostic trouble code is hard or intermittent If the number of starts is less than 3 the code is usually a hard code the number of starts is greater than 3 it is considered an intermittent code This means that the engine has been started most of the time without the code recurring 3 3 5 TROUBLE CODE ERASURE A Diagnostic trouble code will be cleared from TCM memory if it has not reset for 40 warm up cycles A warm up cycle is defined as sufficient vehicle operation such that the coolant temperature has risen by at least 22 C 40 F from engine starting and reaches a minimum temperature of 71 C 160 F The Malfunction Indicator Lamp MIL will turn off after 3 good trips or when the 5 are cleared from the TCM 3 3 6 QUICK LEARN The Quick Learn function customizes adaptive parameters of the TCM tothe transmission charac teristics of a vehicle This gives the customer im proved as received shift quality compared to the initial parameters stored in the TCM Notes about Quick Learn Features The nature of the Quick Learn function requires that certain features must be taken into consider ation gt Quick Learn should generally not be used as a repair procedure unless direct
310. et Condition P1684 BATTERY WAS DISCONNECTED When Monitored Whenever the key is in the Run Start position Set Condition This code is set whenever Transmission Control Module TCM is disconnected from battery power or ground It will also be set during the DRBIII Quick Battery Disconnect procedure POSSIBLE CAUSES QUICK LEARN WAS PERFORMED RECENT BATTERY DISCONNECTION TCM WAS REPLACED OR DISCONNECTED INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS FUSED B CIRCUIT TO TCM OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio 5 check and record all CVI s Most set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monito
311. figuration gives the pressure and flow of a large displacement pump at low speeds and the economy of a small displacement pump at higher engine speeds The oil pump housing also contains some of the valves that are found in the valve body 41TE or 42LE transmission The Converter Clutch Switch Valve Converter Clutch Regulator Valve Torque Converter Limit Valve and the Pres sure Regulator Valve are all found in the oil pump housing The electronic control system consists of a Trans mission Control Module TCM a Transmission Range Sensor TRS an Input Speed Sensor 155 an Output Speed Sensor OSS a Line Pressure Sensor LPS a Transmission Temperature Sensor TTS five pressure switches and seven solenoids Each clutch pack has a corresponding solenoid and pressure switch except for the reverse clutch which is controlled by the manual valve The other two solenoids are called the Multi Select MS solenoid and the Pressure Control Solenoid PCS The PCS is used to control line pressure The 45RFE 545RFE controls line pressure based on inputs to the TCM The line pressure is torque based line pressure increases with torque most of the time however it is set toa predetermined value just prior toa shift and reverts back to torque based after the shift The MS solenoid is used to control the LR clutch during P R and N R garage shifts and to control the OD clutch when the Manual Valve is the position as re
312. form the appropriate symptom Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0711 NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less Yes GoTo 4 No GoTo 7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove Starter Relay can cause a Transmission No Response condition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running With the Transmission Simulator turn the Input Output switch to OFF With the DRBIII monitor the TRANS TEMP VOLTS while turning the Thermistor Voltage switch to all three positions on the Transmission Simulator Compare the DRBIII readings with the numbers listed on the Transmission Simulator Do the readings on the Transmission Simulator match the DRBIII readings 0 2 volts Yes GoTo 5 No GoTo 6 If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Tr
313. form this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 335 TRANSMISSION RFE 0988 4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT Continued APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII check for other transmission 5 Are there any Transmission Control Relay related DTC s P0890 P0891 or P0888 present Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0988 2 or less Yes GoTo 4 No GoTo 11 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a Transmission No Response condition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running With the Transmission Simulator turn the Pressure Switch selector switch to 4C With the DRBIII monitor the 4 Pressure Switch state while pressing the Pressure Switch Test button Did the state of the 4C Pressure Switch change while pressing the Pressure Switch Test button Yes GoTo 5 No GoTo 6 If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly per t
314. formation Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the L R Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the L R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 6 151 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P1776 SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the L R Pressure Switch Sense circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the L R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC Note C
315. g view repair Repair Replace Transmission Range Sensor per the Service Information Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST resistance Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST Turn the ignition off to the lock position Remove the Backup Lamp bulb Disconnect the Transmission TRS harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the Backup Lamp Supply circuit from the Backup Lamp Socket to the TRS harness connector Is the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Backup Lamp Supply circuit for an open Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST GoTo 9 Remove the Backup Lamp bulb All Using a 12 volt test light connected to 12 volts check the Backup Lamp Ground circuit in the Backup Lamp socket NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 8 Repair the Backup Lamp Ground circuit for an open or high 165 TRANSMISSION 42RLE BACKUP LAMPS INOPERATIVE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the Transmission TRS harness connector Ignition on engine not running Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit in the TRS harness connector NOTE The test light must illuminate
316. g with this DTC make sure to inspect the Transmission Oil Pump and the Pressure Control Solenoid per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 238 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom 736 RATIO ERROR IN REVERSE eT When Monitored and Set Condition P0736 GEAR RATIO ERROR IN REVERSE When Monitored The transmission gear ratio is monitored continuously while the transmission is in gear Set Condition If the ratio of the Input RPM to the Output RPM does not match the current gear ratio This DTC can take up to five minutes of problem identification before illuminating the MIL POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED 5 PRESENT INTERNAL TRANSMISSION INTERMITTENT GEAR RATIO ERRORS APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position
317. gh the 45RFE is considered a 4 speed transmission it really has 5 forward gear ratios the 545RFE is considered 5 speed transmission it really has 6 forward gear ratios 2nd gear 1 67 1 and 2nd prime 1 50 1 gear so closein ratiothat they are not considered to be different gear ratios although both are used as 2nd gear under certain conditions During most upshift and downshift ma neuvers 2nd gear will be used 2nd prime gear is only used for a high speed 4 2 downshift The 545RFE transmission is essentially a software change to the TCM that allows an additional over drive ratio of 667 1 The gear ratio of 4th Primeis achieved by applying the 2C and OD clutches The 4th Prime is used above 52 MPH All gear ratios in the 45RFE 545RFE are achieved by applying two elements clutches During a shift one element is released and another is applied resulting in a GENERAL INFORMATION different ratio This is called a clutch to clutch shift In order to perform a 4 2 downshift two elements would have to be released and two different ele ments applied The 2nd prime gear ratio allows a clutch to clutch 4 2 2nd prime downshift The oil pump in the 45RFE 545RFE is a dual stage positive displacement gear type pump At idle and low engine speeds both stages are working Once the engine speed reaches a point where one side of the pump can supply the necessary system requirements the second stage is vented This pump con
318. gine Check and repair all engine prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all 5 Most set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 155 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P1793 TRD LINK COMMUNICATION ERROR Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII read Transmission Are any of the following DTCs P1694 P0731 P0732 P0733 P0734 P0736 present also Yes If of these codes are present disregard the P1793 DTC and refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter Note This counter only applies to the
319. ground and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the Transmission Control Relay Control circuit between the Transmission Control Relay connector and the TCM harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Transmission Control Relay Control circuit for open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the Transmission Control Relay Control circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Transmission Control Relay Control circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect jumper wire between the used circuit and the Transmission Control Relay
320. h the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 If there no possible causes remaining view repair All Repair Replace Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 212 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom 715 SPEED SENSOR ERROR When Monitored and Set Condition 0715 SPEED SENSOR ERROR When Monitored The transmission gear ratio is monitored continuously while the transmission is in gear Set Condition If there is an excessive change input RPM any gear This DTC take up to five minutes of problem identification before illuminating the MIL POSSIBLE CAUSES INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE INPUT SPEED SENSOR TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information
321. h the DRBIII read Transmission Control Module 5 Are there any Transmission Control Relay DTC s present Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 3 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0765 set at 0 Yes GoTo 4 No GoTo 11 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All CAUTION Remove the Starter Relay from the PDC This will prevent the vehicle from being started in gear Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 and the Electronic Transmis sion Adapter kit 8333 1A Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII actuate the UD Solenoid With the Transmission Simulator monitor the UD Solenoid LED Did the UD Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator blink on and off Yes GoTo 5 GoTo 6 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly per the Service Information Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the UD Solenoid Control circuit from the TCM harn
322. h the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 present Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 With the DRBIII check for other transmission 5 Is the DTC P0734 and or P0988 present also Yes Replacethe Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 4 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0987 NOTE This counter on
323. h the Transmission Simulator turn the selector switch on UD While pressing and holding the Pressure Switch test button wiggle the wiring harness and connectors pertaining to the UD Pressure Switch Did the UD Pressure Switch state change to closed and remain closed while wiggling the wires Yes GoTo 11 No GoTo 13 Remove and inspect Transmission Oil Pan per the Service Information Does it contain excessive debris or contamination Yes Repair the cause of the excessive debris the Transmission Pan Refer to the Service Information for the proper procedures Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 12 If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Repair Internal Transmission as necessary Disassemble and inspect the Valve Body and repair or replace as necessary If no problems are found in the Valve Body replace the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 300 TRANSMISSION RFE P0875 UD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the UD Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Solenoid TRS Assembly harness conne
324. harness connector Disconnect the TRS harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B and Transmission Control Relay Output circuits in the Transmission Control Relay connector In PDC Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit in the TCM connector Is the voltage above 3 0 volts Yes Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for a short to voltage Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 10 66 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Using the schematics as guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as All necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair a
325. harness connector NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 10 No Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open or high resistance Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 Using the schematics as guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service nfor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 253 TRANSMISSION RFE P0760 OD SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 254 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom 765 10 SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition P0765 UD SOLENOID CIRCUIT Wh
326. he Backup Lamp bulb or bulbs per the Service nforma tion Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST No GoTo 5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Install Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 Ignition on engine not running Press the Reverse Light Test button on the Transmission Simulator while observing the Backup Lamps Do either of the Backup Lamps come on Yes GoTo 3 No GoTo 4 377 TRANSMISSION RFE BACKUP LAMPS INOPERATIVE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove the Backup Lamp bulb Using a 12 volt test light connected to 12 volts check the Backup Lamp ground circuit Does the light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 6 Repair the Back up Lamp ground circuit for an open Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST Turn the ignition off to the lock position Remove the Backup Lamp bulb Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Measure the resistance of the Backup Lamp Feed circuit from the Backup lamp Socket to the Solenoid TRS harness connector Is the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Backup Lamp Supply circuit for an open Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST GoTo 7 the Fused Ignition Switch Output RUN fuse and replace if necessary Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconne
327. he Desired Line Pressure but is less than the highest Line Pressure ever used in the current gear this code will set POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED 5 PRESENT POOR CONNECTION OR WIRING INTERNAL TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine 5 Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this pr
328. he Input Speed Sensor harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for an open Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the TRS harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector the Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit in the TCM harness connector Is the voltage above 0 5 volts Yes Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for a short to voltage Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 10 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service nfor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 62 TRANSMISSION 42RLE 715 1 SPEED SENSOR ERROR Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time All Using the sc
329. he Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the 4C Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Is the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 7 336 TRANSMISSION RFE 0988 4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the 4C Pressure Switch Sense circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Transmission Control Module harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair
330. he Transmission Control Relay from the PDC Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the PDC Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the TRS T42 Sense circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the TRS 42 Sense circuit for a short to voltage Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 19 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 48 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom PO711 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE When Monitored and Set Condition PO711 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE When Monitored Continuously with the ignition on and engine running Set Condition This DTC will set when the desired transmission temperature does not reach a normal operating temperature within a given time frame Time is variable due to ambient temperature Approximate times are starting temperature to warm up time 40 40 35 min 20 F 28 25 min 20 6 6
331. heck and record all 5 Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0713 NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set 15 the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less Yes GoTo 3 No GoTo 8 55 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0713 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH Continued APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove Starter Relay can cause a Transmission No Response condition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 and the Electronic Transmis sion Adapter kit 8333 1A Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running With the Transmission Simulator turn the Input Output switch to OFF With the DRBIII monitor the TRANS TEMP VOLTS while turning the Thermistor Voltage switch to all three positions on the Transmission Simulator Compare the DRBIII readings with the numbers listed on the Transmission Simulator Do the readings on the Transmission Simulator match the DRBIII reading
332. heck connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the L R Pressure Switch Sense circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volts Yes Repair the L R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 9 No Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open or high resistance Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible ca
333. hematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBII1 check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 63 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom 720 SPEED SENSOR ERROR When Monitored and Set Condition P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR When Monitored The transmission gear ratio is monitored continuously while the transmission is in gear Set Condition If there is an excessive change output RPM any gear POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine prior to perform
334. hen check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine DTC s Check and repair all engine prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 127 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0891 TRANSMISSION RELAY ALWAYS ON Continued APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0891 Note This counter only applies to the last DTC set 15 the STARTS SINCE SET counter set to 0 Yes GoTo 3 No GoTo 7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Remove the Transmissi
335. here any Speed Sensor DTCs present Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 GoTo 3 52 TRANSMISSION 42RLE 0712 5 155 TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0712 NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less Yes GoTo 4 GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove Starter Relay can cause a Transmission No Response condition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 and the Electronic Transmis sion Adapter kit 8333 1A Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running With the Transmission Simulator turn the Input Output switch to OFF With the DRBIII monitor the TRANS TEMP VOLTS while turning the Thermistor Voltage switch to all three positions on the Transmission Simulator Compare the DRBIII readings with the numbers listed on the Transmission Simulator Do the readings the Transmission Simulator match the DRBIII readings 0 2 volts Yes GoTo 5 GoTo 6 If there no possible causes remaining view repair All Repair Replace Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly per the Service Information Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFI
336. hey will also be tested immediately after a Gear Ratio or Pressure Switch error is detected Set Condition Three consecutive solenoid continuity test failures or one failure if test is run in response to a Gear Ratio or Pressure Switch error POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED RELAY 5 PRESENT INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN OD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN OD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND OD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE OD SOLENOID TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle
337. hich was scrolled onto the screen might read Use the page down or page up function to display the information 3 6 TRANSMISSION SIMULATOR MILLER TOOL 8333 AND ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION ADAPTER KIT MILLER TOOL 8333 1A Note Remove the starter Relay when using the transmission simulator Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a PCM No Response condition The removal of the Starter Relay will also prevent the engine from starting in gear Transmission Simulator will accurately diagnose intermittent faults The transmission simulator simply put is an electronic device that simulates the elec tronic functions of any EATX or NGC con trolled transmission The Simulators basic function is to aid the technician in determin ing if an internal transmission problem exists or if the problem resides in the vehicle wiring or control module It is only useful for electri cal problems It will not aid in the diagnosis of a failed mechanical component but it can tell you that the control module and wiring are working properly and that the problem is internal to the transmission The ignition switch should be in the lock position before attempting to install the simulator Follow all instructions included with the simulator If the feedback from the simulator is in doubt you can verify it s operation by installing it on a known good vehicle Known good vehicle would be defined as
338. hicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 present Yes Refer to Symptom List for the related symptom s Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 With the DRBIII check for other transmission 5 15 the DTC P0732 and or P0846 present also Yes Replacethe Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 4 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0845 NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less Yes GoTo 5 No GoTo 18 With the DRBIII check for other transmission 5 All Are there any line pressure related DTC s P0867 P0932 P0868 P0869 or P0944 268 TRANSMISSION RFE P0845 2C HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Start the engine All Warm the transmission to 82 C or 180 F Firmly apply the brakes With the DRBIII monitor the Line Pressure during the following step Move the shift lever to each gear position and record the line pressure reading Allow the pressure to stabilize for a
339. hift linkage adjustment Intermittent gear ratio DTCs be set by problems in the Input and Output Speed Sensor circuits and or Speed Sensor Ground circuit Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a Transmission No Response condition Check the speed sensor wiring and connectors for good connection then perform a wiggle test using the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 Gear ratio DTC s can also be set under extreme temperature conditions this is 233 TRANSMISSION RFE P0733 GEAR RATIO ERROR IN Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Repair or replace the transmission as necessary All If the transmission is to be repaired and there were any line pressure 5 present along with this DTC make sure to inspect the Transmission Oil Pump and Pressure Control Solenoid per the Service Information NOTE If DTC s P0871 and or P0870 are also present replace the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly in addition to necessary internal repairs If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Repair internal transmission problem per the Service Informa tion Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 234 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P0O734 GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 4TH When Monitored and Set Condition P0734 GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 4TH When Monitored The transmission gear ratio is monitored
340. ic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 With the DRBIII erase NOTE The TRANS TEMP DEG must be at least 43 C or 110 F before performing the following steps Drive the vehicle and perform at least ten 3 1 manual downshifts at closed throttle from speeds of about 32 km h or 20 MPH With the DRBIII read the LR CL VOL INDEX Is the LR CL VOL INDEX below 20 Yes GoTo 3 No GoTo 4 362 TRANSMISSION RFE P2700 INADEQUATE ELEMENT VOLUME LR Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining view repair All Repair Repair internal transmission as necessary Refer to the Service Information for the proper repair procedure for components re lated to the LR dutch A broken or weak return spring or a dislocated snap ring could cause this problem Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TE
341. ics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module the Service nfor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits Pay particular attention tothe point wheretheTPS signal and sensor ground circuits splice off from the engine circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 181 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom 0123 5 5 HIGH DIESEL When Monitored and Set Condition 0123 5 5 HIGH DIESEL When Monitored Continuously with the ignition on and engine running Set Condition This DTC will set if the monitored APPS voltage rises above 4 94 volts for the period of 0 48 seconds POSSIBLE CAUSES SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE APP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRC
342. ide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 369 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P2704 INADEQUATE ELEMENT VOLUME 4 When Monitored and Set Condition P2704 INADEQUATE ELEMENT VOLUME 4 When Monitored Whenever the engine is running The 4C Clutch Volume is updated during a 3 4 upshift with a throttle angle between 10 and 54 Transmission temperature must be at least 43 or 110 Set Condition When the 4C Clutch Volume falls below 5 POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERNAL TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine 5 prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schema
343. ide of the GENERAL INFORMATION transmission oriented vertically near the manual lever Refer tothe Service Information for transmis sion 10 tag descriptions 3 0 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND FUNCTIONAL OPERATION 3 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 42RLE The 42RLE electronic Transmission is a conven tional Transmission in that it uses hydraulically applied clutches to shift a planetary gear train However the electronic control system replaces many of the mechanical and hydraulic components used in conventional transmission valve bodies 45RFE 545RFE The 45RFE 545RFE electronic transmission is a conventional transmission in that it uses hydrauli cally applied clutches to shift a planetary gear train However the electronic control system re places many of the mechanical and hydraulic com ponents used in conventional transmission valve bodies The 45RFE 545RFE electronic transmission is a fully electronically controlled transmission The Transmission Control Module TCM is similar to but not the same as the one used in the 41TE and 42LE transmissions therefore many similarities exist in function and diagnosis The 45RFE 545RFE has an overrunning clutch used in 1st gear an electronically controlled torque converter clutch 3 planetary gear sets and six clutch packs The clutches are called 2nd Clutch 2C 4th Clutch 4C Low Reverse Clutch LR Reverse Clutch RC Underdrive Clutch UD and Overdrive Clutch OD Althou
344. ignition off to the lock position All Remove the Starter Relay from the PDC NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a TCM No Response condition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 With the Transmission Simulator select the OFF position on the Input Output Speed switch NOTE Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII monitor the Line Pressure in the following step With the Transmission Simulator set the rotary knob to each of the 3 line pressure 299 TRANSMISSION RFE P0875 UD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE Continued APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Line Pressure Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the 5 volt Supply circuit Is the resistance Below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 5 volt Supply circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 17 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a TCM No Response condition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII monitor the UD Pressure Switch state Wit
345. ilure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a Transmission No Response condition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 With the Transmission Simulator on the Input Output Speed switch select the OF F position NOTE three DRBIII Line Pressure readings should be steady and 2 0 PSI of the reading specified on the Transmission Simulator Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII monitor the Line Pressure during the following step Using the Transmission Simulator turn the selector switch to each of the 3 Line Pressure positions Did the Line Pressure remain steady in all three positions Yes Replace the Line Pressure Sensor per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 331 TRANSMISSION RFE P0987 4C HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Line Pressure Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the 5 volt Supply circuit from the Line Pressure Sensor harness connector to the TCM harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 5 volt Supply circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector
346. in each range Did the Line Pressure remain at a steady value between 585 and 655 kPa or 85 and 95 PSI Yes GoTo 6 No GoTo 10 Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII monitor the Line Pressure for the following step Firmly push the Line Pressure Sensor connector inward towards the Transmission Did the Line Pressure change to about 207 kPa or 30 PSI when the connector was pushed Yes Disconnect and properly reconnect the Line Pressure Sensor harness connector Inspect terminals and repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 7 positions NOTE three DRBIII Line Pressure readings should be steady and 2 0 PSI of the reading specified on the Transmission Simulator Did the Line Pressure remain steady in all three positions Yes Replace the Line Pressure Sensor per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Line Pressure Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the 5 volt Supply circuit from the Line Pressure Sensor harness connector to the TCM harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 5 volt Supply circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 Turn the
347. in response to a gear ratio or pressure switch error POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED RELAY 5 PRESENT TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN LR SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN LR SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND LR SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE TRANSMISSION SOLENOID TRS ASSEMBLY TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all 5 Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmi
348. ing With the DRBIII in Transmission Sensors read the TPS APPS voltage Is the TPS APPS voltage above 4 5 volts Yes Replace the Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the APP Sensor harness connector Measure the resistance of the Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Signal circuit between the TCM harness connector and the APP Sensor harness connector Is the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the APP Sensor Signal circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the APP Sensor harness connector Measure the resistance between ground and the APP Sensor Signal circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the APP Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 10 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connectors Disconnect the APP Sensor harness connector Measure the resistance of the Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Signal between the APP Sensor Signal circuit and the Speed Sensor Ground circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the APP Sensor Signal circuit
349. ing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 64 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR Continued APPLICABILITY Start the engine in park Raise the drive wheels off of the ground WARNING PROPERLY SUPPORT THE VEHICLE Place transmission in drive release foot from brake WARNING BE SURE TO KEEP HANDS AND FEET CLEAR OF ROTATING WHEELS Note The drive wheels must be turning at this point With the DRBIII read the Output RPM Is the Output RPM below 100 RPM Yes GoTo 3 No GoTo 11 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All CAUTION Remove the Starter Relay from the PDC This will prevent th
350. ing and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 361 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P2700 INADE QUATE ELEMENT VOLUME LR When Monitored and Set Condition P2700 INADEQUATE ELEMENT VOLUME LR When Monitored Whenever the engine is running The LR Clutch Volume is updated during a 3 1 or 2 1 manual downshift with a throttle angle below 5 Transmission temperature must be at least 43 C or 110 F Set Condition When the LR Clutch Volume falls below 16 POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERNAL TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine 5 Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schemat
351. ining to the APPS TPS while slowly opening and closing the throttle Did the APPS TPS voltage change smooth and consistent Yes GoTo 5 No Repair wiring and or connectors as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 Using the schematics as guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service nfor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 189 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom 218 TEMPERATURE OPERATION ACTIVATED When Monitored and Set Condition P0218 HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATION ACTIVATED When Monitored Whenever the engine is running Set Condition Immediately when the Overheat shift schedule is activated with a Transmission Oil Temperature above 116 C or 240 F POSSIBLE CAUSES ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM TRANSMISSION OIL PUMP FLOW HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATIONS ACTIVATED APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine
352. ion All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the LR Pressure Switch Sense circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair theLR Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the F used B circuit and Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Measure the voltage of the L R Pressure Switch Sense circuit in the TCM harness connector 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair theLR Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Rela
353. ion Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 With the DRBIII check Engine DTC s Engine TPS related DTC s present Yes Refer to the Powertrain category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 33 TRANSMISSION 42RLE 0124 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR APPS INTERMITTENT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Ignition On Engine Not Running All With the DRBIII under Transmission Sensors monitor the TPS voltage the following step Slowly open and close the throttle while checking for erratic voltage changes Did the TPS voltage change smooth and consistent Yes GoTo 4 No Replace the Throttle Position Sensor per the Service Information Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service nfor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 34 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom 218 TEMPERATURE OPERA
354. ion of the diagnostic program it constantly monitors the TCM to see if the system is in limp in mode If the transmission is in limp in mode the DRBIII will flash the red LED 3 2 1 TRANSMISSION OPERATION AND SHIFT SCHEDULING AT VARIOUS OIL TEMPERATURES The transmission covered in this manual has unique shift schedules depending on the tempera ture of the transmission oil The shift schedule is modified to extend the life of the transmission while operating under extreme conditions The oil temperature is measured with a Temper ature Sensor on the 42RLE 45 545RFE transmis sion The Temperature Sensor is an integral com ponent of the Transmission Range Sensor TRS If the Temperature Sensor is faulty the transmission will default to a calculated oil temperature Oil temperature will then be calculated using engine coolant temperature battery ambient temperature and engine off time from the Body Control Module BCM These inputs are received from the commu nication bus periodically and are used to initialize the oil temperature at start up Once the engine is started the TCM updates the transmission oil temperature based on torque converter slip speed vehicle speed gear and engine coolant temperature GENERAL INFORMATION to determine an estimated oil temperature during vehicle operation Vehicles using calculated oil temperature track oil temperature reasonably ac curately during normal operation However if
355. ission problems If the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 The transmission temperature must be at least 180 F or 82 C for the results of this test to be valid With the DRBIII check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0869 Is the STARTS SINCE SET COUNTER 2 or less Yes GoTo 4 No GoTo 13 Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII
356. ist and perform test for Transmission Control Relay related DTCs Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0871 NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less Yes GoTo 4 No GoTo 11 With the Transmission Simulator turn the Pressure Switch selector switch to OD With the DRBIII monitor the OD Pressure Switch state while pressing the Pressure Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator Did the state of the OD Pressure Switch change while pressing the Pressure Switch Test button Yes GoTo 5 No GoTo 6 If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a TCM No Response condition Install Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running 294 TRANSMISSION RFE P0871 OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT Continued APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Remove
357. istance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 7 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service nfor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 206 TRANSMISSION RFE 0712 5 155 TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 207 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P0O713 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition P0713 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH When Monitored Continuously with the ignition on and engine running Set Condition The DTC will set when the monitor
358. itch Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 2 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 14 Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 15 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the 2C Pressure Switch Sense circuit in the TCM harness connector 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the2C Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the 2C Pressure Switch Sense circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 2 Pressure Switch circuit for short to ground GoTo 16 271 TRAN
359. ith a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all 5 Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 229 TRANSMISSION RFE 0732 RATIO ERROR IN 2ND Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII check for other transmission DTC s If any of these DTC s are present perform their respective tests first AreDTC s P0944 P0715 P0720 P1794 P0867 P0932 P0868 and or P0869 present also Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom If any of these DTCs are present they will cause a Speed Ratio
360. ition Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all 5 Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 This DTC is set when the TCM is initialized while the vehicle is moving down the road in a valid forward gear Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors NOTE Check all of the Fused B Fused Ignition Switch Output and ground circuits to the TCM for an intermittent open or short to ground Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions which the DTC was set If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 307 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P0888 RE LAY OUTPUT ALWAYS OFF When Monitored and Set Condition 0888 OUTPUT ALWAYS OFF When Monitored Continuously Set Condition This code is set when less than 3 volts are present at the transmission control
361. ition to necessary internal repairs If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Repair internal transmission problem the Service Informa tion Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 236 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P0O735 GEAR RATIO ERROR 4TH PRIME When Monitored and Set Condition 0735 RATIO ERROR 4TH PRIME When Monitored The transmission gear ratio is monitored continuously while the transmission is in gear Set Condition If the ratio of the Input RPM to the Output RPM does not match the current gear ratio This DTC can take up to five minutes of problem identification before illuminating the MIL POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED 5 PRESENT INTERNAL TRANSMISSION INTERMITTENT GEAR RATIO ERRORS APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and conne
362. iven to set this DTC the transmission must All warm or hot with the Engine RPM above 1000 RPM This DTC is an indicator of a 2 4 and or O D Hydraulic Pressure Switch DTC s present Perform the tests for P0870 and or P0845 to determine which switch is failing there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom for P0870 and or P0845 Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 136 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P1652 SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK MALFUNCTION When Monitored and Set Condition P1652 SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK MALFUNCTION When Monitored Continuously with engine running Set Condition The DTC sets in approximately 20 seconds if no BUS messages are received by the TCM POSSIBLE CAUSES NO COMMUNICATION WITH MIC NO COMMUNICATION WITH PCM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII erase TCM DTC s Note Erase 0700 DTC the PCM to turn the MIL light off after making transmission repairs Start the engine in park Did the DTC reset after the engine was started Yes GoTo 2 GoTo 5 Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII attempt communication with the Can you communicate with the Yes GoTo 3 No Refer to the Communication category for the related symptom s Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VE
363. k then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine 5 Check and repair all engine prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 symptom Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 With the read Transmission DTC s 15 the DTC P0732 P0734 and or P0846 present also Yes Repair internal transmission as necessary Refer to the Service Information for the proper repair procedure for components related to the OD clutch Perform 42RLE TRANSMI
364. k the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0841 NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less Yes GoTo 5 No GoTo 11 With the DRBIII monitor the L R Pressure Switch state while pressing the Pressure Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator Did the Pressure Switch state change from OPEN to CLOSED when the test button was pressed Yes ReplacetheTransmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly per the Service Information Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the L R Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Is the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the L R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All CAUTION Remove the Starter Relay from the PDC This will prevent the vehicle from being started in gear Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 and the Electronic Transmis sion Adapter kit 8333 1A Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running On th
365. l Is the DTC P0841 present also Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 3 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P1775 NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less Yes GoTo 4 No GoTo 10 Turn the ignition off to the lock position CAUTION Remove the Starter Relay from the PDC This will prevent the vehicle from being started in gear Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 and the FWD Adapter Cable kit Miller tool 8333 1A Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII monitor the L R Pressure Switch state while pressing the Pressure Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator With the Transmission Simulator select the L R on the Pressure Switch selector While observing the LR pressure switch state with the DRBIII depress the Pressure Switch Test button Did the L R Pressure Switch state change from OPEN to CLOSED when the test button was pressed Yes Inspect the Solenoid Switch Valve in the Valve Body per the Service Information and repair or replace as necessary If no problems are found in Valve Body replace the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly per the Service Information Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconn
366. l Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the PDC Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the TRS T41 Sense circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the TRS T41 Sense circuit for a short to voltage Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 19 47 TRANSMISSION 42RLE 706 SHIFTER SIGNAL Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TRS harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the TRS T42 Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector to the TRS harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the TRS 42 Sense circuit for an open Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 17 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TRS harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the TRS T42 Sense circuit in the TCM harness connector 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the TRS T42 Sense circuit for a short to ground Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 18 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TRS harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Remove t
367. lace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 210 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P0O714 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR INTERMITTENT When Monitored and Set Condition P0714 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR INTERMITTENT When Monitored Continuously with the ignition on and engine running Set Condition The DTC will set when the monitored Temperature Sensor voltage fluctuates or changes abruptly within a predetermined period of time POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED PRESENT TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery
368. lated to the 4th clutch A broken or weak return spring or a dislocated snap ring could cause this problem Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Perform eight learnable starts A learnable start is defined as follows Start engine All From a standstill accelerate lightly to 50 MPH then brake lightly to a stop Turn off engine With the DRBIII record the CL VOL INDEX CVI for all clutches With the DRBIII perform a BATTERY DISCONNECT With the DRBIII read the 5 and compare them to the reading recorded before the BATTERY DISCONNECT Are any of the less than 5 or different than before the BATTERY DISCON NECT Yes GoTo 5 No Test Complete Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 371 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P2706 MS SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition P2706 MS SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored Initially at power up then every 10 seconds thereafter It will also be tested immediately after a gear ratio or pressure switch error is detected Set Condition After three consecutive solenoid continuity tests fai
369. layed or harsh shift when the transmission is put into gear after the vehicle has had its first shift Use the following steps to have the TCM learn the N D UD CVI NOTE The transmission oil temperature must be between 80 110 F 27 43 C to learn the UD CVI Additional learning occurs at temperatures as low as 0 and as high as 200 F This procedure may be performed at any temperature that experiences poor shift quality Although the UD CVI may not change shift quality should improve 1 Start the vehicle engine and shift to drive 2 Movethe vehicle forward toa speed of at least 16 km h 10 MPH and come toa stop This ensures no air is present in the UD hydraulic circuit 3 Perform repeated N D shifts at a stop while pausing in Neutral for at least 2 3 seconds and monitor NORM N D UD CVI volume until the value stabilizes The value will change during the N D shift This is normal since the UD value is different for the N 1 shift then the normal value shown which is used for 4 3 coastdown and kick downs Perform repeated shifts in this tempera ture range until the NORM N D UD CVI value stabilizes and the N D shifts become smooth 4 This procedure may be performed at any temper ature that experiences poor N D shift quality Although the NORM N D UD CVI may not change shift quality should improve Procedure To Learn The Ist 2 3 Shift After A Restart Or Shift To Reverse Usethe following steps tohave the learn
370. lem Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 NOTE The TRANS TEMP DEG must be at least 43 or 110 F before performing the following steps Perform eight learnable starts A learnable start is defined as follows Start engine From a standstill accelerate lightly to 80 km h or 50 MPH then brake lightly to a stop Turn off engine With the DRBIII record the CL VOL INDEX CVI for all clutches With the DRBIII perform a BATTERY DISCONNECT With the DRBII1 read the CVI s and compare them to the readings recorded before the BATTERY DISCONNECT Are any of the CVI s less than 5 or different than before the BATTERY DISCON NECT Yes GoTo 5 No Test Complete Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 367 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P2703 INADEQUATE ELEMENT VOLUME UD When Monitored and Set Condition P2703 INADEQUATE ELEMENT VOLUME UD When Monitored Whenever the engine is running The UD Clutch Volume is updated during a 4 3 kickdown with a throttle angle between 10 and 54 Transmission temper ature must be at least 43 C or 110
371. lenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the UD Solenoid Control circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the UD Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay NOTE Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 10 No Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open or high resistance Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 Using the schematics as a guide i
372. lly matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 Using the DRBIII perform the Shift Lever Position Test Select the test outcome from the following Test passes GoTo 3 Test fails with DTC GoTo 4 Test fails without DTC Adjust the shift linkage per the Service Information Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 44 TRANSMISSIO
373. low 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 7 214 TRANSMISSION RFE 715 1 SPEED SENSOR ERROR Continued APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Place a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit Is the voltage above 0 5 volts Yes Repair the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Input Speed Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Input Speed Sensor harness connector Is the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness conne
374. luid Level Make sure it is not overfilled NOTE Aggressive driving or driving in low for extended periods of time in Autostick mode will set this DTC With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 161 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom BACKUP LAMPS COME ON WHILE SHIFTER IS IN REVERSE POSITION POSSIBLE CAUSES BACKUP LAMPS ALWAYS ON BACKUP LAMP SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS APPLICABILITY Ignition on engine not running All Firmly apply brakes Place the shift lever in the position which causes the Backup Lamps to come on other than Reverse Do the Backup Lamps come on with the shift lever not in the Reverse position Yes GoTo 2 GoTo 4 Ignition on engine not running Place the Shift Lever in the position that causes the Backup Lamps to come on other than Reverse Disconnect the TRS harness connector NOTE This will cause a DTC P0706 and possibly other lt to be stored the TCM They must be erased before returning the vehicle to the customer Did the Backup Lamps go out when the TRS harness connector was disconnected Yes Replace the Transmission Range Sensor the Service Informa tion Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA
375. luid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio 5 check and record all CVI s Most set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 227 TRANSMISSION RFE 731 RATIO ERROR IN 1ST Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII check for other transmission DTC s All If any of these DTC s are present perform their respective tests first Are DTC s P0944 P0715 P0720 P1794 P0867 P0932 P0868 or P0869 present also
376. luid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine 5 Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 217 TRANSMISSION RFE P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position CAUTION Properly support the vehicle and raise all drive wheels off the ground Start the engine in park Place the transmission gear selector in drive release foot from brake WARNING BE SURE TO KEEP HANDS AND FEET CLEAR OF ROTATING WHEE
377. luminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 10 No Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open or high resistance Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module the Service nfor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 92 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0755 2 4 SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBII1 check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 93 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom 760 SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition P0760 OD SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored Initially at power up then every 10 seconds thereafter T
378. lures After one failure if a test is run in response to a gear ratio or pressure switch error POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED RELAY 5 PRESENT MS SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN MS SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND MS SOLENOID CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE MS SOLENOID TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all 5 Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to
379. ly applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less Yes GoTo 5 With the DRBIII check for other transmission DTC s All Are there any Line Pressure related 5 P0867 P0932 P0868 P0869 or P0944 No GoTo 18 330 TRANSMISSION RFE P0987 4C HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Start the engine All Warm the transmission to 82 C or 180 F With the DRBIII monitor the Transmission Line Pressure CAUTION Firmly apply the brakes With the brakes firmly applied move the shift lever to each gear position and record the Transmission Line Pressure for each position Allow the pressure to stabilize for at least 5 seconds in each range Did the line pressure remain at a steady value between 586 and 655 Kpa or 85 and 95 PSI Yes GoTo 6 No GoTo 10 Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII in Sensors monitor the Actual Line Pressure While monitoring the Line Pressure firmly push the Line Pressure Sensor harness connector towards the transmission Did the Line Pressure change to about 207 kPa 30 PSI when the harness connector was pushed Yes Disconnect and properly reconnect the Line Pressure Sensor connector Inspect terminals and repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Remove the Starter Relay from the PDC NOTE Fa
380. m the PDC Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the PDC Ignition on engine not running Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 10 No Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open or high resistance Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service nfor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 88 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0750 LR SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued APPLICABILITY The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the
381. m the Powertrain Control Module for 10 seconds POSSIBLE CAUSES NO COMMUNICATION WITH PCM OTHER BUS PROBLEMS PRESENT TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P1694 All Note This counter only applies to the last DTC set 15 the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P1694 set to 0 Yes GoTo 2 GoTo 5 With the DRBIII check all of the other modules on the vehicle for evidence of a vehicle bus problem Bus related in other modules point to an overall vehicle bus problem Other symptoms such as a customer complaint of intermittent operation of bus controlled features also indicate a bus problem Does the PRNDL display indicate Bus or is there any evidence of an overall vehicle bus problem Yes Refer to the Communication category and perform the appropri ate symptom Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 3 Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII attempt to communicate with the Powertrain Control Module PCM the DRBIII communicate with the PCM Yes GoTo 4 No Refer to the Communication category and perform the appropri ate symptom Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 144 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P1694 BUS COMMUNICATION WITH ENGINE MODULE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Ignition on engine not running All
382. mission temperature must be above 43 C 110 F The clutch volume should be between 30 and 85 The UD clutch volume is updated when doing a 4 3 shift with throttle angle between 10 and 54 The transmission temperature must be above 43 C 110 F The clutch volume should be between 30 and 100 3 3 8 EATX DTC EVENT DATA EATX DTC EVENT DATA can be used as a diag nostic aid when experiencing Electronic Transmis sions with intermittent problems When a Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC is set the vehicles Transmission inputs are stored in the controller memory and are retrievable with the DRBIII This information can be helpful when a DTC can not be duplicated The EATX DTC EVENT DATA is located in the DRBIII under the Transmission system menu GENERAL INFORMATION the sub screen Miscellaneous It is a good practice to document the EATX DTC EVENT DATA before beginning any diagnostic or service procedure A thorough understanding of how the transmis sion works is beneficial in order to interpret the data correctly These skills are necessary in order to avoid an incorrect diagnosis A MASTERTECH video and reference book was produced in J anuary 2002 that explains many of the features of the EATX DTC EVENT DATA with several examples on how to interpret the informa tion and suggested training material to help under stand all the specifics EATX DTC EVENT DATA can only be erased by 1 Disconnecting the battery 2
383. ms If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine DTC s Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 202 TRANSMISSION RFE PO711 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE Continued APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII check Transmission All Are there any other Transmission Temperature Sensor related DTCs present Yes Refer to the Transmission category and per
384. n NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0890 NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set 15 the Starts Since Set counter equal to zero Yes GoTo 3 GoTo 5 312 TRANSMISSION RFE P0890 SWITCHED BATTERY Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect jumper wire between the F used B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the 2C 4C LR OD and UD Pressure Switch Sense circuits in the TCM harness connector Is the voltage above 0 5 volt on any of the sense circuits Yes Repair the Pressure Switch Sense circuit in question for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 4 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention t
385. n Control Relay from the PDC Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the PDC Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the OD Solenoid Control circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the OD Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the PDC Ignition on engine not running Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 10 No Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open or high resistance Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to
386. n Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the TRS Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the TRS T3 Sense circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 14 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the TRS T3 Sense circuit in the TCM harness connector 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the TRS T3 Sense circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 15 199 TRANSMISSION RFE 706 SHIFTER SIGNAL Continued APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the TRS T3 Sense circuit at the TCM harness connector 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the TRS T3 Sense circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSIO
387. n controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 356 TRANSMISSION RFE P1793 TRD LINK COMMUNICATION ERROR Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII check for other transmission DTC s Areany of the DTCs P1694 P0731 P0732 P0733 P0734 and or P1736 present also Yes of these DTCs present disregard the P1793 DTC Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symp tom Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P1793 NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET set at 0 Yes GoTo 4 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the PCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the Torque Management Request Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector to the PCM harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Torque Management Request Sense circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the PCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as neces
388. n heavy throttle acceleration from a dead stop With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 276 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom PO868 LINE PRESSURE LOW When Monitored and Set Condition PO868 LINE PRESSURE LOW When Monitored Continuously while driving in a forward gear Set Condition The TCM continuously monitors transducer Line Pressure Output and compares it to Desired Line Pressure If transducer Line Pressure Output is more than 10 PSI below Desired Line Pressure the DTC will set in approximately 2 1 seconds POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK FOR RELATED 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN LINE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTION 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE INTERNAL TRANSMISSION LINE PRESSURE SENSOR PLUGGED FILTER TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS 277 TRANSMISSION RFE PO868 LINE PRESSURE LOW Continued APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to a
389. n problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 86 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0750 LR SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Are there any Transmission Control Relay DTC s present Yes Refer to symptom list and perform the appropriate symptom fo
390. ndition P0890 SWITCHED BATTERY When Monitored Ignition key is turned from off position to run position and or ignition key is turned from crank position to position Set Condition This code 15 set if the Transmission Control Module TCM senses voltage on any of the pressure switch inputs prior to the TCM energizing the relay POSSIBLE CAUSES PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine DTC s Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio 5 check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that diagnostic monitors have ru
391. ndition Install Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running With the Transmission Simulator set the Input Output Speed switch to and the rotary switch to the 3000 1000 position With the DRBIII observe the Input and Output Speed Sensor readings Does the input speed read 3000 RPM and the Output speed read 1000 RPM 50 RPM Yes GoTo 4 GoTo 5 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair All Repair Replace the Input Speed Sensor per the Service nformation Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Input Speed Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Input Speed Sensor harness connector Is the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Input Speed Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit Is the resistance Be
392. ndition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII monitor the Line Pressure Using the Transmission Simulator set the rotary switch to each of the 3 line pressure positions Note The readings should be within 2 0 PSI on the DRBII1 of the pressure reading specified on Transmission Simulator Does the Line Pressure on the DRBIII match the pressures the Transmission Simulator Yes GoTo 4 GoTo 5 If there no possible causes remaining view repair All Repair Replace the Line Pressure Sensor the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Line Pressure Sensor connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the 5 volt Supply circuit from the Line Pressure Sensor harness connector to the TCM harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 5 volt Supply circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Line Pressure Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the 5 volt Supply circuit Is the resistance below 5 0
393. nect the Transfer Case Position Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the Transfer Case Position Sensor Input circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Transfer Case Position Sensor input circuit for a short to ground GoTo 3 25 TRANSFER CASE MECHANICAL P0838 4WD MODE SENSOR LOW Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Powertrain Control Module harness connector CAUTION IF EQUIPPED WITH NGC CONTROLLER DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNEC TORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMINALS RESULTING IN POOR TER MINAL PIN CONNECTION INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL 8815 PERFORM DIAGNOSIS Disconnect the Transfer Case Position Sensor harness connector NOTE Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between the Transfer Case Position Sensor nput circuit and the Sensor Return circuit in the PCM harness connector 15 the resistance above 1000 0 ohms Yes GoTo 4 No Repair the Transfer Case Position Sensor Input circuit for a short to the Sensor Return circuit If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Information Perform the appropriate Powertrain verifi cation test The conditions to set this DTC
394. ness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the F used B circuit and Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 10 No Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open or high resistance If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module the Service nfor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 104 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0841 LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
395. nnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the 4C Solenoid Control circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Is the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 4C Solenoid Control circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 7 260 TRANSMISSION RFE 770 4 SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the 4C Solenoid Control circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 4C Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the Transmission Control Module harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the 4
396. nose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 90 TRANSMISSION 42RLE 755 2 4 SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII read Transmission Control Module 5 Are there any Transmission Control Relay DTC s present Yes Refer to symptom list and perform the appropriate symptom for Transmission Control Relay related 5 Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 3 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set 15 the STARTS SINCE SET counter for 755 set at 0 Yes GoTo 4 No GoTo 11 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All CAUTION Remove the Starter Relay from the PDC This will prevent the vehicle from being started in gear
397. nostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all DTC s 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 273 TRANSMISSION RFE 846 2 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT Continued APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII check for other transmission 5 All Are there any Transmission Control Relay related DTC s P0890 P0891 or P0888 present Yes Refer to symptom list and perform test for Transmission Control Relay related DTCs Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set 15 the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0846 2 or less Yes GoTo 4 No GoTo 11 Turn
398. nsmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the MS Solenoid Control circuit in the TCM harness connector 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the MS Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Ignition on engine not running Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Solenoid TRS harness connector NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 10 No Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for open If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service nfor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 374 TRANSMISSION RFE P2706 MS SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued
399. nsmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the TRS T1 Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the TRS 1 Sense circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the TRS T1 Sense circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the TRS T1 Sense circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the TRS T1 Sense circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the TRS T1 Sense circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 22 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Disconnect
400. nsmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the OD Solenoid Control circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the OD Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the OD Solenoid Control circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the OD Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Solenoid TRS Assembly
401. nsmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all DTC s 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 293 TRANSMISSION RFE P0871 OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the 1 check for other transmission 5 Are there any Transmission Control Relay related P0890 P0891 or P0888 present Yes Refer to symptom l
402. nspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 257 TRANSMISSION RFE P0765 UD SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 258 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom 770 4 SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition 0770 SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored Initially at power up then every 10 seconds thereafter It will also be tested immediately after a gear ratio or pressure switch error is detected Set Condition After three consecutive solenoid continuity tests failures After one failure if a test is run in response to a gear ratio or pressure switch error POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED RELAY 5 PRESENT TRANSMISSION CONTROL
403. nternal transmission problem may be present temperature Procedure To Learn A Smooth 4 5 Upshift for 545RFE Use the following steps tohave the learn the ALT 2C CVI NOTE transmission oil must be above 110 F 43 C 1 Accelerate the vehicle through 88 km h 55mph at a steady 10 15 degree throttle opening and perform multiple 4 5 upshifts 2 Repeat step 1 until the 4 5 shift become smooth and the ALT 2C CVI become stable There is a separate 2C volume used and learned for 4 5 shifts ALT 2C CVI It is independent of the 2C CVI learned on 3 2 kickdowns 3 3 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Diagnostic trouble codes DT C s are codes stored by the Transmission Control Module TCM that help us diagnose Transmission problems They are viewed using the DRBIII scan tool Always begin by performing a visual inspection of the wiring connectors cooler lines and the trans mission Any obvious wiring problems or leaks should be repaired prior to performing any diagnos tic test procedures Some engine driveability prob lems can be misinterpreted as a transmission prob lem Ensure that the engine is running properly and that no PCM DTC s are present that could cause a transmission complaint If there is a communication bus problem trouble codes will not be accessible until the problem is fixed The DRBIII will display an appropriate message The following is a possible list of causes for a bus problem op
404. ntinued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the PDC Ignition on engine not running Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check both Transmission Control Relay Output circuits in the TCM harness connector NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 7 No Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open or high resistance Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Install a substitute Relay in place of the Transmission Control Relay Start the engine Using a voltmeter measure the battery voltage With the DRBIII monitor the Transmission Switched Battery Voltage Compare the DRBIII Transmission Switched Battery voltage to the actual battery voltage 15 the DRBIII voltage within 2 0 volts of the battery voltage Yes Replace the Transmission Control Relay Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 8 Using the schematics as guide inspect the wiring and connec
405. nue GoTo 2 This DTC is an informational DTC only This DTC is set due to momentary loss of the Fused B and or ground tothe TCM Continue to view the possible causes for this DTC Continue GoTo 3 339 TRANSMISSION RFE P1684 BATTERY WAS DISCONNECTED Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Has the battery recently been disconnected lost it s charge or been replaced Yes This the cause of the DTC Erase the DTC and return the vehicle to the customer Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 4 Has a DRBIII Battery Disconnect procedure been performed Yes This is the cause of the DTC Erase the DTC and return the vehicle to the customer Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 5 Has a QUICK LEARN been performed with the DRBIII All Yes This is the cause of the DTC Erase the DTC and return the vehicle to the customer Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 6 Has the TCM been replaced or disconnected Yes Replacing or disconnecting the TCM will set this DTC Erase the DTC and return the vehicle to the customer Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 7 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking f
406. nued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the Torque Management Request Sense circuit in the TCM harness connector Is the voltage above 7 0 volts Yes Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Information Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 157 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P1794 SPEED SENSOR GROUND ERROR When Monitored and Set Condition P1794 SPEED SENSOR GROUND ERROR When Monitored The transmission gear ratio is monitored continuously while the transmission is in gear Set Condition After reset in neutral and Input Output speed
407. o all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module the Service nfor mation WITH THE 12 PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 313 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P0891 TRANSMISSION RELAY ALWAYS When Monitored and Set Condition P0891 TRANSMISSION RELAY ALWAYS ON When Monitored When ignition key is turned from off position to position and or ignition key is turned from crank position to position Set Condition This codeis set if the Transmission Control Module TCM senses greater than 3 volts at the Trans Control Relay Output terminal s of the TCM prior to the TCM energizing the relay POSSIBLE CAUSES TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY STUCK CLOSED TRANSMISSION CONTROL M
408. o either of the Backup Lamps work Yes GoTo 2 GoTo 3 Remove the left Backup Lamp bulb Measure the resistance of the Backup Lamp bulb Is the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Replace the Backup Lamp bulb Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST GoTo 4 Remove the right Backup Lamp bulb Measure the resistance of the Backup Lamp bulb Is the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Replace the Backup Lamp bulb Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST GoTo 5 The condition is not present at this time All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST Test Complete 164 TRANSMISSION 42RLE BACKUP LAMPS INOPERATIVE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position CAUTION Remove the Starter Relay This will prevent the vehicle from being started in gear Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 and the FWD Adapter Cable kit Miller tool 8333 1A Ignition on engine not running Press the Reverse Light Test button on the Transmission Simulator while observing the backup lamps Do either of the back up lamps come on Yes GoTo 6 GoTo 7 If there are no possible causes remainin
409. oTo 3 No GoTo 11 Turn the ignition off to the lock position CAUTION Remove the Starter Relay from the PDC This will prevent the vehicle from being started in gear Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 and the Electronic Transmis sion Adapter kit 8333 1A Ignition on engine not running With the Transmission Simulator set the Input Output Speed switch to the rotary switch to the 3000 1250 position With the DRBIII monitor the Input and Output RPM Does the Input RPM read 3000 RPM and the Output RPM read 1250 RPM 50 RPM Yes GoTo 4 GoTo 5 NOTE Disconnect the Transmission Simulator and reconnect all harness connectors If there are no possible causes remaining view repair All Repair Replace the Input Speed Sensor per the Service Information Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Input Speed Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Input Speed Sensor harness connector Is the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit for an open Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector
410. ocedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 317 TRANSMISSION RFE P0932 LINE PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FAULT Continued APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII check for other transmission 5 Are there any other line pressure related DTC s P0934 P0935 P0868 or P0869 present Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom If the DTC P0934 and or P0935 are present perform these tests first Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 CAUTION Apply Parking Brake Start the engine CAUTION Firmly apply the brakes With the DRBIII monitor the Line Pressure Desired Line Pressure and the TPS Degree While firmly applying the brakes place shifter in the R position Then slowly press the accelerator pedal to TPS degree of 15 Compare the Line Pressure reading to the Desired Line Pressure reading on the DRBIII Does the Line Pressure and Desired Line Pressure stay within 34 kPa or 5 PSI No GoTo 4 Yes GoTo 8 Yes GoTo 5 Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a Transmission No Response condition Install Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 With the Transmission Simulator select the OFF position on the Input Output Sp
411. ode 4 3 3 ELECTRONIC PINION FACTOR WARNINGS IF APPLICABLE The pinion factor must be set when replacing the TCM Note The pinion factor is a fixed number and cannot be changed or updated in some vehicle applications If the pinion factor is not set or incor rectly set any speed related functions will not operate correctly i e speedometer speed control rolling door locks other control modules will be affected that depend on speed information 4 4 BULLETINS AND RECALLS Always perform all Safety Recalls and Technical Service Bulletins that are applicable to the prob lem 5 0 REQUIRED TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT gt DRBIII diagnostic read out box DRBIII must use the latest release level gt Transmission Simulator Miller 8333 gt Electronic Transmission Adapter Kit Miller 8333 1A gt Line Pressure Adapter Miller 8259 gt umper wires gt Test Light minimum of 25 ohms of resistance gt Ohmmeter gt Voltmeter gt Pressure gauge 0 2068 kPa 0 300 PSI 6 0 GLOSSARY OF TERMS 6 1 ACRONYMS Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Body Control Module APPS BCM CKT DLC DRBIII DTC EATX EMCC FCM FEMCC 10D IRT ISS LED LPS LR MIC MIL MS OBDII OD 055 5 REV SSV SW TCC TCM TCCM TP TRD GENERAL INFORMATION Circuit Clutch Volume Index Data Link Connector Diagnostic Readout Box Diagnostic Trouble Code Electronic Aut
412. ohms Yes Repair the 5 volt Supply circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 7 321 TRANSMISSION RFE P0934 LINE PRESSURE SENSOR LOW Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition switch to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Line Pressure Sensor connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between the Line Pressure Sensor Signal circuit and ground 15 the resistance Below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Line Pressure Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Ye
413. omatic Transmission Electronically Modulated Converter Clutch Front Control Module part of the IPM system Full Electronically Modulated Con verter Clutch Ignition off draw Intelligent Recovery Timer Input Speed Sensor Light Emitting Diode Line Pressure Sensor Low reverse Clutch Mechanical Instrument Cluster Malfunction Indicator Lamp Multi Select On Board Diagnostics Overdrive Clutch Output Speed Sensor Programmable Controller Interface Vehicle bus system Powertrain Control Module Pressure Control Solenoid Partial Electronically Modulated Converter Clutch Reverse Clutch Solenoid Switch Valve Switch Torque Converter Clutch Transmission Control Module Transfer Case Control Module Throttle Position Torque Reduction GENERAL INFORMATION TRS TTS UD 2 4 2 4 Transmission Range Sensor Transmission Temperature Sensor Underdrive Clutch 2nd Clutch 4th Clutch 2nd and 4th gear Clutch or Pres sure Switch 6 2 DEFINITIONS OBDII EURO III Trip A vehicle start and drive cycle such that all once per trip diagnostic monitors have run Key Start vehiclestart and run cycle of at least 20 seconds Warm up Cycle A vehicle start and run cycle such that the engine coolant must rise to at least 71 C 160 F and must rise by at least 22 C 40 F from initial start up To count as a warm up cycle no DTC s may occur during the cycle 7 0 DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES
414. ome after market equipment will set this DTC Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Test Complete 342 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P1715 RESTRICTED PORT IN T3 RANGE When Monitored and Set Condition P1715 RESTRICTED PORT IN T3 RANGE When Monitored Whenever the PRNDL code indicates Temp3 Set Condition This code sets whenever the conditions for a code P1776 47 are satisfied with the shifter in the temp3 zone This causes a restricted port POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED TRANSMISSION DTC S PRESENT CUSTOMER DRIVING HABITS MISADJ USTED SHIFTER ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for P0706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio 5 check and record all CVI 5 Most
415. ommunication problems Although it takes two occurrences of a missed TRD link message to set a DTC one missed message will cause the transmission to short shift until the next start up If the vehicle has any indications of a bus problem the bus must be repaired first Are there any bus related DTCs or signs of a bus problem in any of the modules Yes Refer to the appropriate category for the bus problem Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST Test Complete 389 VERIFICATION TESTS Verification Tests 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 1 Connect the DRBIII to the Data Link Connector DLC 2 Reconnect any disconnected components 3 With the DRBIII erase all Transmission 5 also erase the PCM NOTE Erase DTC P0700 the PCM to turn the Malfunction Indicator Lamp MIL off after making Transmission repairs 5 With the DRBIII display Transmission Temperature Start and run the engine until the Transmission Temperature is HOT above 43 C or 110 F 6 Check the Transmission Fluid and adjust if necessary Refer to the Service information for the Fluid Fill procedure 7 NOTE If the Transmission Control Module or the Transmission has been repaired or replaced it is necessary to perform the DRBIII Quick Learn Procedure and reset the Pinion Factor 8 Road test the vehicle With the DRBIII monitor the engine RPM Make 15 to 20 1 2 2 3 3 4 upshifts Pe
416. on When the 4WD Mode Sensor input circuit voltage raises above 4 78 volts for 5 72 seconds POSSIBLE CAUSES TRANSFER CASE POSITION SENSOR INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN TRANSFER CASE POSITION SENSOR INPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE TRANSFER CASE POSITION SENSOR POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT OPERATION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII record and erase All Start the engine and cycle the Transfer Case through all positions With the DRBIII read Transfer Case DTCs 15 the Good Trip Counter equal to zero Yes GoTo 2 GoTo 6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Powertrain Control Module harness connector CAUTION IF EQUIPPED WITH NGC CONTROLLER DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNEC TORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMINALS RESULTING IN POOR TER MINAL PIN CONNECTION INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL 8815 PERFORM DIAGNOSIS Disconnect the Transfer Case Position Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the Transfer Case Position Sensor Input circuit 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Transfer Case Position Sensor input circuit for open GoTo 3 27 TRANSFER CASE MECHANICAL P0839 4WD MODE SENSOR HIGH Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Powertrain Control Module harness connector
417. on Control Relay from the PDC Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between the Fused circuit the Transmission Control Relay Output Circuit in the Transmission Control Relay 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 4 No Replace Transmission Control Relay Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for short to voltage Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC Ignition on engine not running Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the voltage of the Transmission Relay Control circuit in the PDC connector 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair Transmission Relay Control Circuit for a short to voltage Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 6 Using the schematics as g
418. on and repair or replace as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 78 APPLICABILITY All TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P0O734 GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 4TH MMM When Monitored and Set Condition P0734 GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 4TH When Monitored The Transmission Gear Ratio is monitored continuously while the Transmission is in Gear Set Condition If the ratio of the input RPM to the output RPM does not match the current Gear Ratio POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED 5 PRESENT RELATED PRESSURE SWITCH 5 PRESENT INTERMITTENT GEAR RATIO ERRORS TRANSMISSION INTERNAL APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and r
419. onnectors Disconnect the Transmission Range Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the P N Position Switch Sense circuit 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 3 No Repair the P N Position Switch Sense circuit for an open Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST Turn the ignition off Disconnect the PCM harness connectors Disconnect the Transmission Range Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the P N Position Switch Sense circuit 15 the resistance above 100k ohms Yes GoTo 4 No Repair theP N Position Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST 167 TRANSMISSION 42RLE CHECKING PARK NEUTRAL SWITCH OPERATION Continued APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off All Disconnect the PCM harness connectors Move the Gear selector through all gear positions from Park to 1st and back While moving the gear selector through each gear measure the resistance between ground and the P N Position Switch Sense circuit Did the resistance change from above 10 0 ohms to below 10 0 ohms Yes GoTo 5 Replace the Transmission Range Sensor Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Re
420. operly Yes GoTo 4 No Repair the cause of the engine overheating Refer to the Service Information for the proper repair procedure Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 This DTC is an informational DTC designed to aid the Technician in diagnosing shift quality complaints This DTC indicates that the transmission has been operating the Overheat shift schedule which may generate a customer complaint The customer driving patterns may indicate the need for an additional transmission oil cooler If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Repair the cause of transmission overheating Refer to the Service Information for the proper repair procedure Make sure to check for any TSBs pertaining to this problem Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 191 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P0604 INTERNAL ete When Monitored and Set Condition P0604 INTERNAL TCM When Monitored Continuously with the ignition on Set Condition Whenever the Transmission Control Module TCM detects an internal controller problem POSSIBLE CAUSES TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE APPLICABILITY Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as All necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair The Transmission Control Module
421. or Gear Ratio check and record all 5 Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 347 TRANSMISSION RFE P1775 SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII check for other transmission DTC s Is the DTC P0841 present also Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set 15 the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P1775 at 2 or less Yes GoTo 4 No GoTo 11 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a Transmission No Response condition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running With the Transmission Simulator turn the Pressure Switch selector switch to LR With the DRBIII monitor the LR Pressure Switch state while pressing
422. or Ground circuit for short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Replace the Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor per the Service nformation Ignition on engine not running Press the accelerator pedal all the way down to wide open throttle With the DRBIII in Transmission Sensors read the TPS APPS voltage Is the TPS APPS voltage above 4 94 volts Yes GoTo 10 No Repair Complete Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module the Service nfor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 184 TRANSMISSION RFE 0123 5 5 HIGH DIESEL Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 4
423. or shorts and open circuits Pay particular attention to the Fused B and all ground circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 340 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P1694 BUS COMMUNICATION WITH ENGINE MODULE When Monitored and Set Condition P1694 BUS COMMUNICATION WITH ENGINE MODULE When Monitored Continuously with ignition key on Set Condition If no bus messages are received from the Powertrain Control Module PCM for 10 seconds Note Some after market equipment will also set this DTC example remote starters and communication equipment POSSIBLE CAUSES OTHER BUS PROBLEMS PRESENT BUS CIRCUIT OPEN TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Fail
424. ord all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 With the DRBIII check Engine 5 Are there any Engine TPS related DTCs present Yes Refer to the Powertrain category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 3 31 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0123 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR APPS HIGH Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII in Transmission Sensors read the TPS voltage All 15 the TPS voltage above 4 5 volts Yes GoTo 4 GoTo 7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TPS harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the TPS Signal Circuit from the TCM harness connector to the TPS harness connector 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 5 No Repair the TPS Signal circuit between the TCM harness connec tor and the splice for an open Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TPS harnes
425. ored and Set Condition P1775 SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION When Monitored During an attempted shift into 1st gear Set Condition This DTC is set if three unsuccessful attempts are made to get into 1st gear in one given ignition start This DTC can take up to five minutes of problem identification before illuminating the MIL POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED DTC P0841 PRESENT LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE INTERNAL TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal F
426. orm 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete Repair the transmission as necessary If there were any line pressure DTC s present along with this DTC make sure to inspect the Transmission Oil Pump and Pressure Control Solenoid the Service Information If the DTC s P0876 and or P0875 are also present replace the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly in addition to necessary internal repairs If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Repair internal transmission per the Service nformation Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 228 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P0O732 GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 2ND When Monitored and Set Condition 0732 RATIO ERROR IN 2ND When Monitored The transmission gear ratio is monitored continuously while the transmission is in gear Set Condition If the ratio of the Input RPM to the Output RPM does not match the current gear ratio This DTC can take up to five minutes of problem identification before illuminating the MIL POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED 5 PRESENT RELATED PRESSURE SWITCH 5 PRESENT INTERNAL TRANSMISSION INTERMITTENT GEAR RATIO ERRORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics w
427. ormation Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 269 TRANSMISSION RFE P0845 2C HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Line Pressure Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the 5 volt Supply circuit from the Line Pressure Sensor harness connector to the TCM harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 5 volt Supply circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Line Pressure Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the 5 volt Supply circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 5 volt Supply circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 17 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a Transmission No Response condition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 With the Transmission Simulator turn the Pressure Switch selector to 2C Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary
428. osis Continue GoTo 2 259 TRANSMISSION RFE 770 4 SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII check for other transmission 5 Are there any Transmission Control Relay related DTC s P0890 P0891 or P0888 present Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0770 NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set 15 the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0770 at 0 Yes GoTo 4 No GoTo 11 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a Transmission No Response condition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running Monitor the 4C Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 With the DRBIII actuate the 4 Solenoid Did the 4C Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator blink on and off Yes GoTo 5 GoTo 6 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disco
429. osition Disconnect the TRS harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the TRS T1 Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector to the TRS harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the TRS 1 Sense circuit for an open Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 8 45 TRANSMISSION 42RLE 706 SHIFTER SIGNAL Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TRS harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the TRS T1 circuit in the TCM harness connector 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the TRS 1 Sense circuit for a short to ground Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TRS harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the PDC Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the TRS 1 Sense circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes
430. ostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all 5 Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 With the DRBIII check Engine 5 Are there any Engine TPS related DTCs present Yes Refer to the Powertrain category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 3 29 TRANSMISSION 42RLE 0122 POSITION SENSOR APPS LOW Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII in Transmission Sensors read the TPS voltage Is the TPS voltage below 0 5 volts Yes
431. ot receive a confirmation from the PCM over the communication bus POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED 5 PRESENT TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine DTC s Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmissio
432. ow 5 POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERNAL TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine 5 prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 364 TRANSMISSION RFE P2701 INADEQUATE ELEMENT VOLUME 2 Continued APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII era
433. pair Repair Replace the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly per the Service Information Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the OD Solenoid Control circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connec tor Is the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the OD Solenoid Control circuit for an open Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 7 95 TRANSMISSION 42RLE 760 SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the OD Solenoid Control circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the OD Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmissio
434. place and program the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Information Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER 2 168 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom INCORRECT TRANSMISSION FLUID LEVEL POSSIBLE CAUSES INCORRECT FLUID LEVEL ACTION APPLICABILITY The transmission must be above 70 degree prior to checking fluid level Adjusting All fluid level on a cold transmission will result in an overfilled transmission Check the transmission fluid level per the service information Is the fluid level OK Yes Test Complete No Adjust fluid level Repair cause of incorrect fluid level Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST 169 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom NO SPEEDOMETER OPERATION POSSIBLE CAUSES NO SPEEDOMETER OPERATION Yes ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII check the pinion factor setting the TCM All Is the pinion factor missing or set incorrectly One possible cause is the pinion factor is not set or is set incorrectly in the TCM Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 170 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom TRANSMISSION NOISY WITH NO DTC S PRESENT POSSIBLE CAUSES INCORRECT FLUID LEVEL INTERNAL TRANSMISSION PROBLEM NOISY INTERNAL TRANSMISSION PROBLEM NOISY WHILE STANDING STILL ACTION APPLICABILITY Check the Transmission Fluid Level per the Service Information Is the fluid level OK Yes
435. ported by the TRS If the manual valve is slightly out of position the TRS will indicate a temporary zone T3 or T4 In this case the OD clutch will be controlled by the OD solenoid Note that if the TRS indicates a temporary zone this is a valid PRNDL code and will not set a DTC 706 28 If the PRNDL code consistently indi cates a temporary zone whilethe shift lever is in the D position this would indicate some sort of me chanical problem in the shift linkage as opposed to an electrical TRS problem Note vehicle operation the temporary zone set a DTC 1715 65 3 2 FUNCTIONAL OPERATION 42RLE The 42RLE electronic Transmission has a fully adaptive control system The system performs it s functions based on continuous real time sensor feedback information The control system automat ically adapts to changes in engine performance and friction element variations to provide consistent shift quality The control system ensures that clutch operation during upshifting and downshifting is more responsive without increased harshness The Transmission Control Module TCM contin uously checks for electrical problems mechanical problems and some hydraulic problems When a problem is sensed the TCM stores a diagnostic trouble code Some of these codes cause the Trans mission to gointo Limp in or default mode Whilein this mode electrical power is taken away from the Transmission via the TCM de energizing the
436. position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the L R Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Is the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the L R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the L R Pressure Switch Sense circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the L R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the L R Pressure Switch Sense circuit in
437. possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Adjust the shifter per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary 201 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom PO711 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE When Monitored and Set Condition PO711 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE When Monitored Continuously with the ignition on and engine running Set Condition This DTC will set when the desired transmission temperature does not reach a normal operating temperature within a given time frame Time is variable due to ambient temperature Approximate times are starting temperature to warm up time 40 40 35 min 20 F 28 25 min 20 6 6 20 min 60 15 5 10 min POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED 5 PRESENT TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission proble
438. power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 220 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom 725 NGINE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition 0725 SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT When Monitored Continuously with engine running Set Condition The DTC will set when the Transmission Control Module TCM senses a engine RPM less than 400 with the enginerunning for at least 2 seconds RPM information is transferred over the communication bus from the PCM This DTC can take up to five minutes of problem identification before illuminating the MIL POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED ENGINE 5 PRESENT CRANK POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN TO TCM SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN TO TCM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CON
439. pplies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less Yes GoTo 4 No GoTo 7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove Starter Relay can cause a Transmission No Response condition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running With the Transmission Simulator turn the Input Output switch to OFF With the DRBIII monitor the TRANS TEMP VOLTS while turning the Thermistor Voltage switch to all three positions on the Transmission Simulator Compare the DRBIII readings with the numbers listed on the Transmission Simulator Do the readings the Transmission Simulator match non fluctuating DRBIII reading 0 2 volts Yes GoTo 5 GoTo 6 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits Wit
440. r 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 5 volt Supply circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 284 TRANSMISSION RFE PO869 LINE PRESSURE HIGH Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Line Pressure Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the 5 volt Supply circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 5 volt Supply circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 10 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Transmission Control Module harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the Pressure Control Solenoid Control circuit from the Transmission Control Module harness connector to the Solenoid TRS harness con nector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Pressure Control Solenoid Control circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 11 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Transmission Control Module harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS harness connector Note Check connectors
441. r NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 235 TRANSMISSION RFE 734 RATIO ERROR IN 4TH Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII check for other transmission DTC s All If any of these DTC s are present perform their respective tests first Are the 5 P0944 P0715 P0720 P1794 P0867 P0932 P0868 or P0869 present also Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom If any of these DTCs are present they will cause a Speed Ratio Error Perform the test for P0944 first if it is present Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 With the DRBIII check for other transmission DTC s Arethe DTCs P0987 4C Hydraulic Pressure Switch and or P0988 4C Pressure Switch present also Yes Repair the Transmission or Solenoid TRS assembly per the Ser vice Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 4 Repair or replace the transmission as necessary per the Service Information If the transmission is to be repaired and there were any line pressure 5 present along with this DTC make sure to inspect the Transmission Oil Pump and Pressure Control Solenoid per the Service nformation If DTC s P0988 and or P0987 are also present replace the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly in add
442. r Transmission Control Relay related 5 Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 3 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0750 NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set 15 the STARTS SINCE SET counter for 750 set at 0 Yes GoTo 4 No GoTo 11 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All CAUTION Remove the Starter Relay from the PDC This will prevent the vehicle from being started in gear Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 and the Electronic Transmis sion Adapter kit 8333 1A Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII actuate the L R Solenoid With the Transmission Simulator monitor the L R Solenoid LED Did the L R Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator blink on and off during actuation Yes GoTo 5 No GoTo 6 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly per the Service Information Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Measure the resistance of the L R Solenoid Control circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connec tor 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the L R Solenoid Control ci
443. r the Service Information and repair or replace as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 75 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P0O733 GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 3RD E When Monitored and Set Condition P0733 GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 3RD When Monitored The Transmission Gear Ratio is monitored continuously while the Transmission is in Gear Set Condition If the ratio of the input RPM to the output RPM does not match the current Gear Ratio POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED PRESENT TRANSMISSION SOLENOID PRESSURE SWITCH ASSEMBLY INTERNAL TRANSMISSION INTERMITTENT GEAR RATIO ERRORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record
444. r wiring and or connectors as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Test Complete 122 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P0888 RE LAY OUTPUT ALWAYS OFF When Monitored and Set Condition 0888 OUTPUT ALWAYS OFF When Monitored Continuously Set Condition This code is set when less than 3 volts are present at the transmission control relay output circuits at the Transmission Control Module when the TCM is energizing the relay POSSIBLE CAUSES FUSED B CIRCUIT OPEN TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine 5 Check and repair all engine prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for P0706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio 5 check and record all CVI
445. ratio DTC s can also be set under extreme temperature conditions this is usually caused by an internal problem Verify if the problem is only experienced under extreme hot or cold conditions With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Repair internal transmission problem If there are any Line Pressure DTC s present along with this make suretoinspect the Transmission Oil Pump and Pressure Control Solenoid per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions to set this DTC are not currently present All Check the shifter adjustment Intermittent gear ratio DTCs can be set by problems the Input and Output Speed Sensor circuits and or Speed Sensor Ground circuit Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a TCM No Response condition Check the speed sensor wiring and connectors for good connection then perform a wiggle test using the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 240 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom 740 CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition 740 CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL CIRCUIT When
446. ratio equals a ratio of input to output of 2 5 to 1 POSSIBLE CAUSES SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine 5 Check and repair all engine prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all DTC s 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio 5 check and record all CVI s Most set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 Start the engine in park With the DRBIII
447. rcuit 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Transfer Case Position Sensor input circuit for an open GoTo 3 20 TRANSFER CASE MECHANICAL P0836 4WD MUX SWITCH STUCK Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the Powertrain Control Module harness connector CAUTION IF EQUIPPED WITH NGC CONTROLLER DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNEC TORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMINALS RESULTING IN POOR TER MINAL TO PIN CONNECTION INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL 8815 PERFORM DIAGNOSIS Disconnect the Transfer Case Position Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the Transfer Case Position Sensor nput circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Transfer Case Position Sensor input circuit for a short to ground GoTo 4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Powertrain Control Module harness connector CAUTION IF EQUIPPED WITH NGC CONTROLLER DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNEC TORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMINALS RESULTING IN POOR TER MINAL TO PIN CONNECTION INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL 8815TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS Disconnect the Transfer Case Position Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Turn the ignition on Measu
448. rcuit for an open Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 7 87 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0750 LR SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Measure the resistance between ground and the L R Solenoid Control circuit 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the L R Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the PDC Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the L R Solenoid Control circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the L R Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay fro
449. rcuits If the vehicle passes the clutch test and still sets Rear Ratio DTC s check the Speed Sensors for proper operation NOTE Remove the Starter Relay from the PDC This will prevent the vehicle from being started in gear Check the speed sensor wiring and connectors for good connection then perform a wiggle test using the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 and the Electronic Transmission Adapter kit 8333 1A This DTC can also be set under extreme temperature conditions this is usually caused by an internal problem Verify if the problem is only experienced under extreme hot or cold conditions With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete With the DRBIII read Transmission 15 the DTC P0870 and or P0871 present also Yes ReplacetheTransmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly per the Service Information Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 6 77 TRANSMISSION 42RLE 733 RATIO ERROR IN Continued ACTION If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Repair internal transmission per the Service Information Check all of the components related to the Underdrive and Overdrive clutches Inspect the Oil Pump per the Service Informati
450. re the voltage of the Transfer Case Position Sensor Input circuit 15 there any voltage present Yes Repair the Transfer Case Position Sensor input circuit for a short to voltage GoTo 5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Powertrain Control Module harness connector CAUTION IF EQUIPPED WITH NGC CONTROLLER DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNEC TORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMINALS RESULTING IN POOR TER MINAL TO PIN CONNECTION INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL 8815 PERFORM DIAGNOSIS Disconnect the Transfer Case Position Sensor harness connector NOTE Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between the Transfer Case Position Sensor nput circuit and the Sensor Return circuit in the PCM harness connector 15 the resistance above 1000 0 ohms Yes GoTo 6 Repair the Transfer Case Position Sensor Input circuit for a short to the Sensor Return circuit 21 TRANSFER CASE MECHANICAL P0836 4WD MUX SWITCH STUCK Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the Powertrain Control Module harness connector CAUTION IF EQUIPPED WITH NGC CONTROLLER DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNEC TORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMINALS RESULTING IN POOR TER MINAL CONNECTION INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL 8815 PERFORM DIAGNOSIS NOT
451. relay output pins 16 17 and 36 circuits at the Transmission Control Module TCM when the TCM is energizing the relay POSSIBLE CAUSES FUSED B CIRCUIT OPEN TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY STUCK OPEN TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine DTC s Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
452. remaining view repair Repair Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 154 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P1793 TRD LINK COMMUNICATION ERROR When Monitored and Set Condition P1793 TRD LINK COMMUNICATION ERROR When Monitored The transmission controller pulses the 12 volt TRD signal from the PCM to ground during torque managed shifts with the throttle angle above 54 degrees The TRD system is also tested whenever the vehicle is stopped and the engine speed is at idle Set Condition This codeis set when the Transmission Control Module TCM sends two subsequent torque reduction messages to the Powertrain Control Module PCM via the TRD link circuit and does not receive a confirmation from the PCM over the communica tion bus POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED 5 PRESENT TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE SHORT TO GROUND TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the en
453. repair as necessary Usinga 12 volt test light connected to 12 volts check the Transmission Control Relay Ground circuit NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes Test Complete No Repair the Transmission Control Relay Ground circuit for an open or high resistance Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 124 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom PO890 SWITCHED BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition P0890 SWITCHED BATTERY When Monitored Ignition key is turned from the OFF position to RUN position and or ignition key is turned from the CRANK position to RUN position Set Condition This DTC is set if the Transmission Control Module senses voltage on any of the Pressure Switch Inputs prior tothe TCM energizing the Transmission Control Relay POSSIBLE CAUSES 2 4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE L R PRESSURE
454. ress F2 again when complete Connect the Black lead to ground Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the ECM connector Turn the ignition on Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7 5 volts Yes Replace and program the Engine Control Module in accordance with the Service Information Perform ROAD TEST VERIFICATION VER 2 Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open Perform ROAD TEST VERIFICATION VER 2 COMMUNICATION Symptom NO RESPONSE FROM PCM PCI BUS POSSIBLE CAUSES PCM PCI NO RESPONSE PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on All NOTE soon as or more module communicates with the DRB answer the question With the DRB enter Body then Body Computer With the DRB enter Anti Lock Brakes With the DRB enter Body then Electro M echanical Cluster MIC With the DRB enter Passive Restraints then Airbag Were you able to establish communications with any of the modules Yes GoTo 2 No Refer to symptom PCI Bus Communication Failure the Com munications category Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 COMMUNICATION NO RESPONSE FROM PCM PCI BUS Continued APPLICABILITY With the DRB read PCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes This is to ensure power and All grounds to the PCM are operational NOTE If the will not read PCM 5
455. rform these shifts from a standing start to 45 MPH with a constant throttle opening of 20 to 25 degrees 9 Below 25 MPH make 5 to 8 wide open throttle kickdowns to 1st gear Allow at least 5 seconds each in 2nd and 3rd gear between each kickdown 10 For a specific DTC drive the to Symptom s When Monitored When Set conditions to verify the DTC repair 11 If equipped with AutoStick up shift and down shift several times using the AutoStick feature during the road test 12 NOTE Use the EATX OBDII Task Manager to run Good Trip time each gear this will confirm the repair and to ensure that the DTC has not re matured 13 Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes DTC s during the road test If a DTC sets during the road test return to the Symptom list and perform the appropriate Symptom Were there any Diagnostic Trouble Codes DTCs set during the road test Yes Refer to the Symptom List for appropriate Symptom s No Repair is complete 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 1 Connect the DRBIII to the Data Link Connector 2 Reconnect any disconnected components 3 With the DRBIII erase DTC s 4 With the DRBIII display Transmission Temperature Start run the engine until the Transmission Temperature is HOT above 43 Celsius 110 Fahrenheit 5 Check the Transmission fluid and adjust if necessary Refer to the Service Information for the Fluid Fill procedure 6
456. rmation After completion of Engine Verification test make sure to perform Transmission Verification Test Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 225 TRANSMISSION RFE 725 SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT DIESEL Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 226 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P0O731 GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 1ST lt When Monitored and Set Condition 0731 RATIO ERROR IN 1ST When Monitored The transmission gear ratio is monitored continuously while the transmission is in gear Set Condition If the ratio of the Input RPM to the Output RPM does not match the current gear ratio This DTC can take up to five minutes of problem identification before illuminating the MIL POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED 5 PRESENT INTERNAL TRANSMISSION INTERMITTENT GEAR RATIO ERRORS APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the f
457. rming transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all 5 Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 303 TRANSMISSION RFE P0876 UD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII check for other transmission 5 Arethere any Transmission Control Relay related DTCs P0890 P0891 and or P0888 present Yes Refer to symptom list and perform test for Transmission Control Relay related Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0876 NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter
458. rol Module per the Service infor Test Complete 30 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom 123 POSITION SENSOR APPS HIGH 7 lt When Monitored and Set Condition P0123 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR APPS HIGH When Monitored Continuously with the ignition on and engine running Set Condition This DTC will set if the monitored TPS voltage rises above 4 94 volts for the period of 0 48 seconds POSSIBLE CAUSES ENGINE TPS 5 PRESENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN TO TCM TPS SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN TO TCM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine 5 Check and repair all engine prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and rec
459. rs have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 139 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P1684 BATTERY WAS DISCONNECTED Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the Fused B circuit in the TCM harness connector 15 the voltage below 10 0 volts Yes GoTo 3 GoTo 5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running Usinga 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Fused B circuit in the TCM harness connector NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 4 No Repair the Fused B circuit for an open or high resistance If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Using a 12 volt test light connected to 12 volts
460. ructions on the All DRBIII Increase the throttle angle TPS Degree to 30 for no more than a few seconds CAUTION Do not overheat the transmission Did the Clutch Test pass Input Speed remain at 0 Yes GoTo 4 GoTo 5 The conditions to set this DTC are not present at this time Check the gearshift linkage adjustment Gear ratio DTC s can be set by problems in the Input and Output Speed Sensor circuits If the vehicle passes the clutch test and still sets gear ratio DTC s check the Speed Sensors for proper operation NOTE Remove the Starter Relay from the PDC This will prevent the vehicle from being started in gear Check the Speed Sensor wiring and connectors for good connection then perform a wiggle test using the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 and the Electronic Transmission Adapter kit 8333 1A This DTC can also be set under extreme temperature conditions this is usually caused by an internal problem Verify if the problem is only experienced under extreme hot or cold conditions With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Test Complete If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Repair internal transmission per the Service Information Check all components related to the Underdriv
461. ry Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 351 TRANSMISSION RFE P1776 SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION Continued APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII check for other transmission DTC s Is the DTC P0841 present also Yes Refer to symptom list and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 Perform a visual inspection of all connectors wiring and cooler connections before proceeding Repair as necessary With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less Yes GoTo 4 No GoTo 11 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a Transmission No Response condition Install Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 Note Check conn
462. s Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 322 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P0935 LINE PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition 0935 11 PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH When Monitored Continuously with engine running Output Speed greater than 390 RPM and Desired Line Pressure less than 200 Set Condition This DTC will set if is Line Pressure Sensor Output is greater than 4 75 volts for 1 4 seconds POSSIBLE CAUSES LINE PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN LINE PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN LINE PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE LINE PRESSURE SENSOR TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does
463. s 0 2 volts Yes GoTo 4 No GoTo 5 If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly per the Service Information Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Is the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for an open Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit in the TCM harness connector 15 the voltage above 0 5 volts Yes Repair the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a short to voltage Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 7 56
464. s All Are there any Transmission Control Relay DTC s present also Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 3 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set 15 the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less for P0846 Yes GoTo 4 No GoTo 11 Turn the ignition off to the lock position CAUTION Remove the Starter Relay This will prevent the vehicle from being started in gear Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 and the Electronic Transmis sion Adapter kit 8333 1A Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running With the Transmission Simulator select 2 4 on the Pressure Switch selector switch With the DRBII monitor the 2 4 Pressure Switch state while pressing the Pressure Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator Did the Pressure Switch state change from OPEN to CLOSED when the test button was pressed Yes GoTo 5 No GoTo 6 If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly the Service Information Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector
465. s communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding If not refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary Disconnect the TCM harness connector Use Scope input cable CH 7058 Cable to Probe adapter CH 7062 the red and black test probes Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable With the DRBIII select Pep Module Tools Select scope Select Live Data Select 12 volt square wave Press F2 for Scope Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts Set Probe to x10 Press F2 again when complete Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the TCM connector Turn the ignition on Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7 5 volts Yes GoTo 8 No Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module accordance with the service information WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST
466. s connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the Sensor Ground circuit between the TPS harness connector and the Transmission Control Module harness connector 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 6 No Repair the Sensor Ground circuit between the TCM harness connector and the splice for an open Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service nfor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits Pay particular attention tothe point wheretheTPS signal and sensor ground circuits splice off from the engine circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 32 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symp
467. s connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the 5 volt Supply circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the 5 volt Supply circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 10 183 TRANSMISSION RFE 0123 5 5 HIGH DIESEL Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the APP Sensor harness connector Measure the resistance of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit between the TCM harness connector and the APP Sensor harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the APP Sensor harness connector Disconnect the TCM harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volts Yes Repair the Speed Sens
468. s counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter equal to 0 Yes GoTo 3 No GoTo 7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage at the Transmission Control Relay Control circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector 15 the voltage above 0 5 volts Yes Repair the Transmission Control Relay Control circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output Circuit Pins 30 and 87 of the Transmission Control Relay Is the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 6 No Replace the Transmission Control Relay Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE 12 PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRA
469. s necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 67 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom 725 NGINE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition 0725 SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT When Monitored Whenever the engine is running Set Condition Engine RPM less than 390 or greater than 8000 for more than 2 seconds while the engine is running POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT WIRING amp CONNECTORS CONDITIONS EATX RPM SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN EATX RPM SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND EATX RPM SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio
470. s necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as All necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service nfor Test Complete 175 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom 0122 5 5 LOW DIESEL When Monitored and Set Condition 0122 5 5 LOW DIESEL When Monitored Continuously with the ignition on and engine running Set Condition This DTC will set if the monitored APPS voltage drops below 0 078 volts for the period of 0 48 seconds POSSIBLE CAUSES 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN APP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND APP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORT TO THE SPEED SENSOR GROUND APP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO SPEED SENSOR GROUND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine
471. s you to put the Gear Selector in a particular position you must do so using the selector switch on the Transmission Simulator The LED for the gear position in question must be illuminated the Transmission Simulator prior to pressing ENTER on the NOTE When the DRBIII requests the O D off button be depressed you must use the O D OFF button in the vehicle you will fail the Shift Lever Position Test with a Shift Lever Error Code 11 Did the Shift Lever Position test pass Yes GoTo 5 GoTo 6 NOTE Make sure to disconnect the Transmission Simulator and reconnect all disconnected connectors before proceeding If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 With the DRBIII observe the TRS sense circuits on the Input Output screen thru C5 Move the shift lever from L pausing momentarily in each gear position Watch for one of the circuits to not change state Pick the one that did not change state TRS T1 sense C4 GoTo 7 TRS T2 sense C5 GoTo 10 TRS T3 sense C3 GoTo 13 TRS 41 sense C1 GoTo 16 TRS T42 sense C2 GoTo 19 197 TRANSMISSION RFE 706 SHIFTER SIGNAL Continued APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the Tra
472. sary Measure the resistance between ground and the Torque Management Request Sense circuit 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Torque Management Request Sense circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 6 357 TRANSMISSION RFE P1793 TRD LINK COMMUNICATION ERROR Continued APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the Torque Management Request Sense circuit in the TCM harness connector Is the voltage above 10 5 volts Yes Repair the Torque Management Request Sense circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 7 Turn the ignition switch to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Turn the ignition on Measure the voltage of the Torque Management Request Sense circuit in the TCM harness connector Is the voltage above 7 0 volts Yes Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular a
473. sary If there are no problems found in the Valve Body replace the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly per the Service Information Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the 2 4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 2 4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit or an open Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the 2 4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 2 4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 9 108 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0845 2 4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE Continued APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Tran
474. sconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the O D Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the O D Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 7 119 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0871 OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the O D Pressure Switch Sense circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the O D Pressure Switch circuit for a short to ground Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Tran
475. se 5 Drive the vehicle at about 80 km h or 50 MPH then depress the OD off button This will put the vehicle into third gear NOTE The TRANS TEMP DEG must be at least 43 C or 110 F before performing the following steps Perform at least ten 3 2 kickdowns by depressing the throttle between 10 and 54 TPS DEGREES at speeds of about 80 km h or 50 MPH With the DRBIII read the 2C CL VOL INDEX Is the 2C CL VOL INDEX below 10 Yes GoTo 3 No GoTo 4 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Repair internal transmission as necessary Refer to the Service Information for the proper repair procedure for components lated to the 2C clutch A broken or weak return spring or a dislocated snap ring could cause this problem Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 NOTE TRANS TEMP DEG must be at least 43 110 before All performing the following steps Perform eight learnable starts A learnable start is defined as follows Start engine From a standstill accelerate lightly to 80 km h 50 MPH then brake lightly stop Turn off engine With the DRBIII record the CL VOL INDEX for all clutches With the DRBIII perform a BATTERY DISCONNECT With the DRBII1 read the 5 and compare them to the readings recorded before the BATTERY DISCONNECT Are of the less than 5 or different than before the BATTERY DISCON
476. set by driving the vehicle such that diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 With the DRBIII read Transmission 5 If any of these are present perform their respective tests first Are the DTC s P0944 P0715 P0720 P1794 or present also Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom If any of these are present they will cause a gear ratio error Perform the test for Loss of Prime first if it is present Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 82 TRANSMISSION 42RLE 736 RATIO ERROR IN REVERSE Continued APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII perform the Reverse gear clutch test Follow the instructions on All the DRBIII Increase the throttle angle TPS Degree to 30 for no more than a few seconds CAUTION Do not overheat the Transmission Did the Clutch Test pass Input Speed remain at 0 Yes GoTo 4 GoTo 5 The conditions to set this DTC are not present at this time Check the gearshift linkage adjustment Gear Ratio 5 can be set by problems in the Input and Output Speed Sensor circuits If the vehicle passes the clutch
477. set this DTC on heavy throttle acceleration from a dead stop With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 306 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom 884 UP AT SPEED When Monitored and Set Condition 0884 UP AT SPEED When Monitored When Transmission Control Module powers up Set Condition This DTC will set if the TCM powers up and senses the vehicle in a valid forward gear with PRNDL DTCs and a output speed above 800 RPM approximately 32K m h or 20 MPH POSSIBLE CAUSES POWER UP AT SPEED APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all 5 and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Pos
478. sistance between ground and the 2 4 Solenoid Control circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the 2 4 Solenoid Control circuit for short to ground Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the F used B circuit and Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the PDC Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the 2 4 Solenoid Control circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the 2 4 Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit NOTE The test light must il
479. smission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the O D Pressure Switch Sense circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the O D Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 10 No Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open or high resistance If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service
480. smission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the 2 4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the2 4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 10 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the F used B circuit and Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the PDC Ignition on engine not running Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 11 Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open or high resistance If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER
481. smission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Disconnect the Input and Output Speed Sensor harness connectors Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between the Input Sensor Ground circuit and ground Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Speed Senor Ground circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the Input and Output Speed Sensor harness connectors Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 7 360 TRANSMISSION RFE P1794 SPEED SENSOR GROUND ERROR Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Using the schematics as guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as All necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE 12 PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wir
482. ss connector Disconnect the ECM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the Engine Speed Signal circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Engine Speed Signal circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the ECM harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the Engine Speed Signal circuit in the TCM harness connector 15 the voltage above 10 5 volts Yes Repair the Engine Speed Signal circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 5 Turn the ignition switch to the lock position Replace and Program the Transmission Control Module per the Service nformation Start the engine and allow the engine to idle for 6 minutes Did the P0725 DTC return Yes GoTo 6 No Test complete Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Pay particular attention to corroded terminals and all power and ground circuits Repair as necessary If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace and program the Engine Control Module per the Service Info
483. ssion controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 243 TRANSMISSION RFE P0750 LR SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII check for other transmission 5 Are there any Transmission Control Relay related DTC s P0890 P0891 or P0888 present Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 With the DRBIII check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0750 NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set 15 the STARTS SINCE SET counter for 750 set at 0 Yes GoTo 4 No GoTo 11 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a Transmission No Response condition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running Monitor the LR Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator With the DRBIII actuate the LR Solenoid Did the LR Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator blink on and off Yes GoTo 5 No GoTo 6 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TE
484. sts first Are the DTC s P0944 P0715 P0720 P1794 P0867 P0932 P0868 or P0869 present also Yes Refer the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom If any of these DTCs are present they will cause a Speed Ratio Error Perform the test for P0944 first if it is present Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 With the DRBIII perform the 3rd Gear Clutch Test Follow the instructions on the DRBIII Increase the throttle angle TPS Degree to 30 for no more than a few seconds CAUTION Do not overheat the transmission Did the dutch test pass Input speed remains at zero Yes GoTo 4 GoTo 5 usually caused by an internal problem Verify if the problem is only experienced under extreme hot or cold conditions With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete With the DRBIII check for other transmission DTC s the DTCs P0870 OD Hydraulic Pressure Switch and or P0871 OD Pressure Switch present also Yes Repair the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 6 The conditions to set this DTC are not currently present All Check the gears
485. t a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the Pressure Control Solenoid control circuit in the TCM harness connector Is the voltage above 0 5 volts Yes Repair the Pressure Control Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 13 Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Place a jumper wire between the Fused B circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the voltage of the 5 volt Supply circuit in the TCM harness connector 280 TRANSMISSION RFE PO868 LINE PRESSURE LOW Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Using the schematics as guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as All necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service nfor mation WITH THE 12 PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this tim
486. t least 5 seconds in each range Did the line pressure remain at a steady value between 585 and 655 K pa or 85 or 95 PSI Yes GoTo 6 No GoTo 10 Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII monitor the Line Pressure during the following step Firmly push the Transmission Line Pressure Sensor connector towards the Trans mission Did the Line Pressure change to about 207 kPa or 30 PSI when the connector was pushed Yes Disconnect and properly reconnect the Line Pressure Sensor connector Inspect terminals and repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Remove the Starter Relay NOTE Failure to remove the Starter Relay can cause a TCM No Response condition Install the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 With the Transmission Simulator select the OFF position on the Input Output Speed switch NOTE Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII monitor the Line Pressure during the following step Using the Transmission Simulator set the rotary knob to each of the 3 line pressure positions NOTE three DRBIII Line Pressure readings should be steady and 2 0 PSI of the reading specified on the Transmission Simulator Did the Line Pressure remain steady in all three positions Yes Replace the Line Pressure Sensor per the Service Inf
487. t speed gt than 1750 RPM TCC L R sol achieves the maximum duty cycle amp can t pull engine RPM within 60 RPM of input speed B Transmissions is in FEMCC amp engine slips TCC gt than 100 RPM for 10 seconds POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED 5 PRESENT INTERNAL TRANSMISSION INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine 5 prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable
488. tance If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service nfor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 117 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P0871 OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition P0871 OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT When Monitored Whenever the engine is running Set Condition The appropriate DTC is set if one of the Pressure Switches are open or closed at the wrong time in a given gear POSSIBLE CAUSES TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY DTCS PRESENT TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN O D PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN O D PRE
489. the 1st 2 3 shift OD CVI NOTE The transmission oil must be above 80 F 27 C 1 With the vehicle engine running select reverse gear for over 2 seconds 2 Shift the transmission to Drive and accelerate the vehicle from a stop at a steady 15 degree throttle opening and perform a 2 3 shift while noting the OD CVI During the shift a different value may appear on the screen which is the 1st 2 3 OD CVI 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 until the 1st 2 3 upshift becomes smooth and the 1st 2 3 OD CVI stabi lizes temperature Procedure To Learn A Smooth 2 3 And 3 4 Usethe following steps tohavethe TCM learn the OD and 4C CVI s NOTE The transmission must be above 110 43 1 Accelerate the vehicle from a stop at a steady 15 degree throttle opening and perform multiple 1 2 2 3 and 3 4 upshifts The 2nd 2 3 shift following a restart or shift to reverse will be shown during the shift as a value between the 1st 2 3 OD CVI and the normal OD CVI Up dates to the normal OD CVI will occur after the 2nd shift into 3rd gear following a restart or shift to reverse 2 Repeat step 1 until the 2 3 and 3 4 shifts become smooth and the OD and 4C CVI become stable temperature Procedure To Learn A Smooth 4 3 Coastdown And Part Throttle 4 3 Kickdown Use the following steps to havethe TCM learn the UD shift volume NOTE The transmission oil must be above 110 43 C 1 At a vehicle speed between 6
490. the PCM harness connector and the PNP Switch harness connector 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 4 No Repair the Park Neutral Position Switch Sense circuit for open Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST 381 TRANSMISSION RFE CHECKING PARK NEUTRAL SWITCH OPERATION Continued APPLICABILITY Ignition on engine not running All Disconnect the PCM harness connector Disconnect the PNP Switch harness connector Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between the PNP Switch Sense Circuit and ground Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Park Neutral Position Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST No GoTo 5 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Information Perform TRANSMISSION NO TROUBLE CODE VERIFICA TION TEST 382 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom POOR SHIFT QUALITY POSSIBLE CAUSES POOR SHIFT QUALITY ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE A under or over filled Transmission Fluid Level can cause many shift All quality problems If the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information If the transmission shifts early when cold this is a normal condition The controller software is designed to
491. the Pressure Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator Did the state of the UD Pressure Switch change while pressing the Pressure Switch Test button Yes GoTo 5 No GoTo 6 If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Repair internal transmission as necessary Inspect the Solenoid Switch Valve the Service Information and repair or replace as necessary If no problems are found replace the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the LR Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the LR Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 7 348 TRANSMISSION RFE P1775 SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the LR Pressure Switch Sense
492. the TCM harness connector 15 the voltage above 0 5 volt Yes Repair the L R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 10 265 TRANSMISSION RFE P0841 LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Remove the Transmission Control Relay Connect a jumper wire between the Fused circuit and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Ignition on engine not running Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 11 Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for open If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair
493. the Transmission Simulator blink on and off Yes GoTo 5 No GoTo 6 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly per the Service Information Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the UD Solenoid Control circuit between the TCM harness connector and the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector Is the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the UD Solenoid Control circuit for an open Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 7 256 TRANSMISSION RFE P0765 UD SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid TRS harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the UD Solenoid Control circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the UD Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission So
494. the resistance between ground and the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit 15 the resistance Below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 7 Turn ignition off to the lock position All Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Transmission Simulator Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B and Transmission Control Relay Output circuits in the Transmission Control Relay connector In PDC Ignition on engine not running Measure the voltage of the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit in the TCM connector 15 the voltage above 3 0 volts Yes Repair Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit short to voltage Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM harness connector Disconnect the Output Speed Sensor harness connector Note Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit from the TCM harness connector to the Output Speed Sensor harness connector 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for an open Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 9 Turn ignition off to the lock position Disconnect the TCM
495. tic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 370 TRANSMISSION RFE P2704 INADEQUATE ELEMENT VOLUME Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Check the Transmission Fluid Level If the Transmission Fluid is low repair any Transmission Fluid leak as necessary and adjust the Transmis sion Fluid Level per the Service Information With the DRBIII record the 4C CL VOL INDEX With the DRBIII erase Perform at least 10 3 4 upshifts with the throttle between 10 and 54 degrees The Transmission Temperature must be at least 43 C or 110 F With the DRBIII read the 4C CL VOL INDEX Is the current 4C CL VOL INDEX below 10 Yes GoTo 3 GoTo 4 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Repair the transmission as necessary Refer to the Service Infor mation for proper repair procedures for components re
496. tics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all DTC s 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio 5 check and record all CVI s Most set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 With the DRBIII read Transmission 5 If any of these DTC s are present perform their respective tests first Are the P0944 P0715 P0720 or P1794 present also Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom If any of these are present they will cause a gear ratio error Perform the test for Loss of Prime first if it is present Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 71 TRANSMISSION 42RLE 731 RATIO ERROR IN 1ST Continued APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII perform the 1st Gear Clutch Test Follow the inst
497. tion and repair or replace as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 81 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P0O736 GEAR RATIO ERROR IN REVERSE When Monitored and Set Condition P0736 GEAR RATIO ERROR IN REVERSE When Monitored The Transmission Gear Ratio is monitored continuously while the Transmission is in Gear Set Condition If the ratio of the input RPM to the output RPM does not match the current Gear Ratio POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED PRESENT INTERMITTENT GEAR RATIO ERRORS TRANSMISSION INTERNAL ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine 5 Check and repair all engine prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all DTC s 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio 5 check and record all CVI s Most set on start up but some must be
498. to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine DTC s Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for P0706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all 5 Most DTC s set start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 With the DRBIII check Transmission Are there any Speed Sensor and or other Temperature Sensor DTCs present Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 211 TRANSMISSION RFE P0714 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR INTERMITTENT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0714 NOTE This counter only a
499. tom 0124 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR APPS INTERMITTENT When Monitored and Set Condition 0124 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR APPS INTERMITTENT When Monitored Continuously with the ignition on and engine running Set Condition This DTC will set with a throttle angle between 6 and 120 6 with a 5 or higher change under 7 0 milliseconds POSSIBLE CAUSES ENGINE TPS 5 PRESENT THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmiss
500. tors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module the Service nfor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 39 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P0604 INTERNAL TCM SSS Sa When Monitored and Set Condition P0604 INTERNAL TCM When Monitored Set Condition The TCM is reporting internal errors must be replaced POSSIBLE CAUSES TCM INTERNAL ERROR APPLICABILITY Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as All necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 40 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P0605 INTERNAL
501. ttention to all power and ground circuits If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Information After completion of Powertrain Verification test make sure to perform Transmission Verification Test 1 Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER 2 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 358 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P1794 SPEED SENSOR GROUND ERROR When Monitored and Set Condition P1794 SPEED SENSOR GROUND ERROR When Monitored gear ratio is monitored continuously while the Transmission is in gear Set Condition After reset in neutral and a ratio of input to output of 1 to 2 This DTC can take up to five minutes of problem identification before illuminating the MIL POSSIBLE CAUSES SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS APPLICAB
502. ttery Disconnect procedure and or a Quick Learn procedure POSSIBLE CAUSES BATTERY WAS DISCONNECTED DRBIII BATTERY DISCONNECT PERFORMED QUICK LEARN WAS PERFORMED TCM WAS REPLACED OR DISCONNECTED INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine Check and repair all engine DTC s prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all 5 Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Conti
503. ture conditions With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Test Complete 354 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P1790 FAULT IMMEDIATELY AFTER SHIFT When Monitored and Set Condition P1790 FAULT IMMEDIATELY AFTER SHIFT When Monitored After a speed ratio error is stored Set Condition This DTC is set if a associated speed ratio DTC is stored within 1 3 seconds after a shift POSSIBLE CAUSES FAULT AFTER SHIFT APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine DTC s Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom t
504. uide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module the Service nfor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 128 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0891 TRANSMISSION RELAY ALWAYS ON Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBII1 check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 129 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P0897 WORN OUT BURNT TRANSAXLE FLUID Se When Monitored and Set Condition P0897 WORN OUT BURNT TRANSAXLE FLUID When Monitored With each transition from full Torque Convertor to partial Torque Convertor engagement for A C bump prevention Set Condition When vehicle shudder is detected during partial engagement POSSIBLE CAUSES WORN OUT BURNT TRANSMISSION FLUID ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission
505. uit for open If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module the Service nfor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 334 TRANSMISSION RFE Symptom P0988 4C PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition 0988 4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT When Monitored Whenever the engine is running Set Condition This DTC is set if the 4C pressure switch is in the wrong state for the current gear For example this code would be set if the 4C pressure switch came on while the transmission was in second gear POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED RELA
506. uit in the Transmission Control Relay connector Ignition on engine not running Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 10 No Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for open If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 275 TRANSMISSION RFE 846 2 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT Continued APPLICABILITY The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits Check for a Primary Oil Filter improperly installed A dislodged Reverse Carrier Snap Ring will typically set this DTC o
507. unt to measure circuits up to 10A Use the high current clamp to measure circuits exceeding 10A e When testing for the presence of voltage or cur rent make sure the meter is functioning cor rectly Take a reading of a known voltage or current before accepting a zero reading e When measuring current connect the meter in series with the load e Disconnect the live test lead before disconnecting the common test lead e When using the meter function keep the DRBIII away from spark plug or coil wires to avoid measuring error from outside interference 4 3 WARNINGS 4 3 1 VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGS Before disconnecting any control module make sure the ignition is position Failure to do so could damage the module When testing voltage or continuity at any control module use the terminal side not the wire end of the connector Do not probe a wire through the insulation this will damage the wire and eventu ally cause the wire to fail because of corrosion Be careful when performing electrical tests so as to prevent accidental shorting of terminals Such mistakes can damage fuses or components Also a second DTC could be set making diagnosis of the original problem more difficult When replacing a blown fuse it is important to use only a fuse having the correct amperage rating The use of a fuse with a rating other than indicated may result in a dangerous electrical system over load If a properly rated fuse
508. ures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 With the DRBIII Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter equal to zero Yes GoTo 3 GoTo 6 341 TRANSMISSION RFE P1694 BUS COMMUNICATION WITH ENGINE MODULE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII attempt to communicate with other modules on the vehicle check for evidence of a vehicle bus problem Bus related in other modules point to an overall vehicle bus problem Other symptoms such as a customer complaint of intermittent operation of bus controlled features also indicate a bus problem Does the PRNDL display indicate No Bus or is there any evidence of an overall vehicle bus problem Yes Refer tothe Communication C
509. uses remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 152 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P1776 SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION Continued APPLICABILITY The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Test drive the vehicle Did you experience any 2nd gear launches or no TCC engagement Yes Inspect the Valve Body for signs of a stuck valve or other problem in the SSV area If no problems are found replace the Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly If excessive debris is present in the Pan or Valve Body repair the cause of debris as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Test Complete 153 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P1790 FAULT IMMEDIATELY AFTER SHIFT EE When Monitored and Set Condition P1790 FAULT IMMEDIATELY AFTER SHIFT When Monitored After a speed ratio error is stored Set Condition This code is set if the associated speed ratio code is stored within 1 3 seconds after a shift POSSIBLE CAUSES CONDITION P179
510. utput Speed Sensor circuits If the vehicle passes the clutch test and still sets Gear Ratio DTC s check the Speed Sensors for proper operation NOTE Remove the Starter Relay from the PDC This will prevent the vehicle from being started in gear Check the Speed Sensor wiring and connectors for good connection then perform a wiggle test using the Transmission Simulator Miller tool 8333 and the Electronic Transmission Adapter kit 8333 1A This DTC can also be set under extreme temperature conditions this is usually caused by an internal problem Verify if the problem is only experienced under extreme hot or cold conditions With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete With the DRBIII read Transmission 5 15 the DTC P0845 and or P0846 present also Yes Replace the Solenoid Pressure Switch Assembly per the Service Information Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 6 80 TRANSMISSION 42RLE 734 RATIO ERROR IN 4TH Continued APPLICABILITY If there no possible causes remaining view repair All Repair Repair internal transmission problem Check all of the compo nents related to the Overdrive and 2 4 clutches Inspect the Oil Pump per the Service Informa
511. vice Information Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service nfor mation WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 50 TRANSMISSION 42RLE PO711 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits With the DRBIII check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set Were there any problems found Yes Repair as necessary Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 51 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom P0O712 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW E When Monitored and Set Condition P0712 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW When Monitored Continuously with the ignition on and engine running Set Condition The DTC will set when the monitored Temperature Sensor voltage drops below 0 078 volts for the period of 0 45 seconds POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED 5 PRESEN
512. void false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine DTC s Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify the flash level of the transmission controller Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the transmission controller NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the problem Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 GoTo 3 With the DRBIII check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0868 NOTE This counter only applies to the last DTC set Is the START SINCE SET COUNTER 2 or less Yes GoTo 4 GoTo 14 Ignition on engine not running With the DRBIII monitor the Line Pressure firmly push the Line Pressure Sensor harness connector towards the Transmission Did the Line Pressure change to about 207 kPa or 30 PSI when the connector was pushed Yes Disconnect and properly reconn
513. ward gear and the pressure switches are not indicating pressure a loss of prime test is run Set Condition If the transmission begins to slip in a forward gear and the pressure switch s that should be closed are open a loss of prime test begins Available elements are turned by the TCM to see if pump prime exists The DTC sets if no pressure switch s respond POSSIBLE CAUSES INVALID PRNDL CODE TRANSMISSION OIL FILTER TRANSMISSION OIL PUMP INTERMITTENT OPERATION APPLICABILITY NOTE Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems If All the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the fluid level per the Service Information NOTE Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid false symptoms With the DRBIII read the engine DTC s Check and repair all engine prior to performing transmission symptom diagnostics With the DRBIII read Transmission Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test If the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE V
514. wn Does the noise get louder or change pitch while the engine speed is changing Yes GoTo 4 171 TRANSMISSION 42RLE Symptom TRANSMISSION SHIFTS EARLY WITH NO DTC S POSSIBLE CAUSES BUS PROBLEMS CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT WIRING amp CONNECTORS COLD TRANSMISSION ACTION APPLICABILITY Using the check all other Modules for signs of a PCI bus problem such as All bus related DTC s and or communication problems Check and diagnose all 1 trip failures as a hard code Although it takes two occurences of a missed TRD link message to set the DTC P1793 one missed message will cause the transmission to short shift until the next start up If the vehicle has any indications of a bus problem the bus must be repaired first Do any of the other modules show signs of a bus problem Yes Repair the PCI bus problem Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 2 NOTE If the Transmission shifts too early when the Transmission is cold this is a normal condition The software is designed to protect the Trans mission from high torque and or high RPM shifts during cold operation Did the problem occur when the Transmission temperature was cold Yes This is anormal condition Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Wiggle the wires whil
515. y connector Ignition on engine not running Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit the Transmission Solenoid TRS Assembly harness connector NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 10 No Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open or high resistance If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor mation WITH THE 12 PERFORM QUICK LEARN Perform 45RFE 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 353 TRANSMISSION RFE P1776 SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time All Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits This DTC can also be set by the Solenoid Switch Valve intermittently sticking in it s bore under extreme tempera
516. yed or harsh shift the first time the transmis sion is put into gear after the vehicle is allowed to set with the engine not running for at least 10 minutes Use the following steps to have the TCM learn the Ist N D UD CVI NOTE The transmission oil temperature must be between 80 110 F 27 43 C 1 Start the engine only when the engine and ignition have been off for at least ten 10 min utes 2 With the vehicle at a stop and the service brake applied record the UD CVI while performing a Neutral to Drive shift During the shift the UD CVI will temporarily show different value which is the 1st N D UD CVI The 1st N D UD CVI account for air entrapment in the UD clutch that may occur after the engine has been off for a period of time 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 until the recorded 1st N D UD CVI value stabilizes NOTE It is important that this procedure be performed when the transmission tempera ture is between 80 110 27 43 C If this procedure takes too long to complete fully for the allowed transmission oil temperature the vehicle may be returned to the customer with an explanation that the shift will improve daily during normal vehicle usage The TCM also learns at higher oil temperatures but these values line pressure correction values are not available for viewing on the DRB Procedure To Learn A Smooth Neutral To Drive Garage Shift Perform this procedure if the complaint is for a de
517. ymptom Diagnostics With the read Transmission DTC s Record all DTC s and 1 Trip Failures NOTE Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Perform the Shift Lever Position Test the test does not pass refer to Symptom test for 706 Check Shifter Signal For Gear Ratio 5 check and record all CVI s Most DTC s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all diagnostic monitors have run NOTE Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module Some problems are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module NOTE Check for applicable TSB s related to the symptom Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis Continue GoTo 2 102 TRANSMISSION 42RLE P0841 LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII check for other Transmission Is the DTC P0944 present also Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 3 With the DRBIII read Transmission DTC s Are there any Transmission Control Relay DTC s present also Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform 42RLE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 4 With the DRBIII Chec

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents